(4636,3,'2014-01-22 15:38:44','2014-01-22 20:38:44','<h2>What is WooCommerce?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4621\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"WooCommerce Logo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce.png\" width=\"264\" height=\"189\" />\r\nWooCommerce is an ecommerce solution designed specifically for use with WordPress. The system provides full security, along with many other features. The markup is designed to provide the best SEO possible and it\'s written in fully semantic HTML5.\r\n\r\nWith the right WooCommerce Hosting, you can open your online store quickly. If you already know the ins and outs of WordPress, this is the best solution you will find for your online store. Even beginners will find WooCommerce to be a great choice because of how user-friendly it is.\r\n<h2 style=\"clear: both;\">What can you do with WooCommerce?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_4622\" align=\"alignright\" style=\"margin-top: -10px;\" width=\"300\"]<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce-screenshot.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-4622\" alt=\"WooCommerce Screenshot\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce-screenshot-300x183.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"183\" /></a> WooCommerce Screenshot[/caption]\r\n\r\n<strong>WooCommerce provides you the ability to do many things including:</strong>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Designate Shipping Classes</li>\r\n	<li>Configure Comprehensive Tax Settings</li>\r\n	<li>Print Reports</li>\r\n	<li>Manage Variable Products</li>\r\n	<li>Assign Store Managers</li>\r\n	<li>Run Promotions</li>\r\n	<li>Add Numerous Extensions</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAs a free choice for your online store integration. WooCommerce is a great option.\r\n<h2 style=\"clear:both;\">Add-ons and Customizations</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/extensions-screenshot.png\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/extensions-screenshot-300x286.png\" alt=\"WooCommerce Add Ons\" width=\"300\" height=\"286\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4629\" style=\"margin-right: 50px;\" /></a>Along with the base system, which is free, you can purchase extensions to customize WooCommerce to fit your specific needs. Some of the most popular extensions include\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>USPS Shipping Method</li>\r\n	<li>UPS Shipping Method</li>\r\n	<li>Product Add Ons</li>\r\n	<li>Follow Up Email</li>\r\n	<li>WooCommerce Subscriptions</li>\r\n	<li>Product CSV Import</li>\r\n	<li>Table Rate Shipping</li>\r\n	<li>Dynamic Pricing</li>\r\n</ul>These are just a few of the many extensions you can use to customize the look and function of your new online store.\r\n\r\n<h2>Hosting your WooCommerce Web Store</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/websites-using-woocommerce.png\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/websites-using-woocommerce-300x225.png\" alt=\"websites using woocommerce\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4633\" style=\"margin-left: 40px;\" /></a>Hosting provides the foundation for your web store and without great hosting, you will struggle to run a successful store. Your hosting needs to meet the minimum requirements of WooCommerce and provide plenty of resources for all your products.\r\n\r\nChoosing the right type of WooCommerce Hosting will depend on the number of products you plan to sell and the number of daily visitors you expect to your store. Getting the most out of your hosting requires you to choose between a shared, VPS or dedicated web hosting package. If you\'re a beginner, this decision can be very difficult.\r\n\r\nA hosting company offering all three solutions is ideal because this will provide the ability to upgrade whenever necessary. You can start with shared hosting until you outgrow the limitations. When this happens, you can easily switch your WooCommerce Hosting to a VPS hosting package for more security and resources. This can eliminate any slow load times you may be experiences.\r\n\r\nGrowing through the VPS hosting levels may take some time. If you reach a point where you need more resources than the largest VPS package offered, it\'s time to upgrade to a dedicated server. Right now, this might seem very expensive, but the growth of your online store will easily support the cost when you reach this point.\r\n<h2>What Happens with the Wrong Hosting?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\nMany large hosting companies only offer one shared hosting package without any upgrade options for VPS or dedicated hosting. This can be very dangerous because transferring from one host to another can cause downtime, cost money and cause you to lose customers. You want to avoid downtime as much as possible.\r\n\r\nIf you choose shared hosting with a company only offering shared hosting and it\'s the wrong choice, you will need to find a new hosting company offering the right option. This is never fun and may cause a large amount of stress. However, if you start with shared hosting from a company offering VPS and dedicated options and it\'s not the right choice, upgrading is very easy.\r\n<h2>The Right WooCommerce Hosting Solution</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\nITX Design provides one of the best WooCommerce Hosting options you will find. Whether you\'re a beginner looking for shared hosting or you need to transfer from another company to a VPS or dedicated solution, we can help. With 24/7 hosting support, provided by the top experts in the field, you won\'t have to worry about anything. We handle the full transfer and make sure you get a hosting package perfect for your needs.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to start your online store and you need a WooCommerce Hosting recommendation, contact our support team today.\r\n\r\n<div class=\"start-empire\" style=\"text-align: center;\">[abutton color=\"green\" link=\"https://itxdesign.com/billing/cart.php\"]SIGN UP[/abutton]</div>','WooCommerce Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','2283-revision-v1','','','2014-01-22 15:38:44','2014-01-22 20:38:44','',2283,'http://itxdesign.com/2283-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4637,3,'2014-01-22 15:41:01','2014-01-22 20:41:01','<h2>What is WooCommerce?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4621\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"WooCommerce Logo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce.png\" width=\"264\" height=\"189\" />\r\nWooCommerce is an ecommerce solution designed specifically for use with WordPress. The system provides full security, along with many other features. The markup is designed to provide the best SEO possible and it\'s written in fully semantic HTML5.\r\n\r\nWith the right WooCommerce Hosting, you can open your online store quickly. If you already know the ins and outs of WordPress, this is the best solution you will find for your online store. Even beginners will find WooCommerce to be a great choice because of how user-friendly it is.\r\n<h2 style=\"clear: both;\">What can you do with WooCommerce?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_4622\" align=\"alignright\" style=\"margin-top: -10px;\" width=\"300\"]<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce-screenshot.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-4622\" alt=\"WooCommerce Screenshot\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce-screenshot-300x183.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"183\" /></a> WooCommerce Screenshot[/caption]\r\n\r\n<strong>WooCommerce provides you the ability to do many things including:</strong>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Designate Shipping Classes</li>\r\n	<li>Configure Comprehensive Tax Settings</li>\r\n	<li>Print Reports</li>\r\n	<li>Manage Variable Products</li>\r\n	<li>Assign Store Managers</li>\r\n	<li>Run Promotions</li>\r\n	<li>Add Numerous Extensions</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAs a free choice for your online store integration. WooCommerce is a great option.\r\n<h2 style=\"clear:both;\">Add-ons and Customizations</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/extensions-screenshot.png\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/extensions-screenshot-300x286.png\" alt=\"WooCommerce Add Ons\" width=\"300\" height=\"286\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4629\" style=\"margin-right: 50px;\" /></a>Along with the base system, which is free, you can purchase extensions to customize WooCommerce to fit your specific needs. Some of the most popular extensions include\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>USPS Shipping Method</li>\r\n	<li>UPS Shipping Method</li>\r\n	<li>Product Add Ons</li>\r\n	<li>Follow Up Email</li>\r\n	<li>WooCommerce Subscriptions</li>\r\n	<li>Product CSV Import</li>\r\n	<li>Table Rate Shipping</li>\r\n	<li>Dynamic Pricing</li>\r\n</ul>These are just a few of the many extensions you can use to customize the look and function of your new online store.\r\n\r\n<h2>Hosting your WooCommerce Web Store</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/websites-using-woocommerce.png\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/websites-using-woocommerce-300x225.png\" alt=\"websites using woocommerce\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4633\" style=\"margin-left: 40px;\" /></a>Hosting provides the foundation for your web store and without great hosting, you will struggle to run a successful store. Your hosting needs to meet the minimum requirements of WooCommerce and provide plenty of resources for all your products.\r\n\r\nChoosing the right type of WooCommerce Hosting will depend on the number of products you plan to sell and the number of daily visitors you expect to your store. Getting the most out of your hosting requires you to choose between a shared, VPS or dedicated web hosting package. If you\'re a beginner, this decision can be very difficult.\r\n\r\nA hosting company offering all three solutions is ideal because this will provide the ability to upgrade whenever necessary. You can start with shared hosting until you outgrow the limitations. When this happens, you can easily switch your WooCommerce Hosting to a VPS hosting package for more security and resources. This can eliminate any slow load times you may be experiences.\r\n\r\nGrowing through the VPS hosting levels may take some time. If you reach a point where you need more resources than the largest VPS package offered, it\'s time to upgrade to a dedicated server. Right now, this might seem very expensive, but the growth of your online store will easily support the cost when you reach this point.\r\n<h2>What Happens with the Wrong Hosting?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\nMany large hosting companies only offer one shared hosting package without any upgrade options for VPS or dedicated hosting. This can be very dangerous because transferring from one host to another can cause downtime, cost money and cause you to lose customers. You want to avoid downtime as much as possible.\r\n\r\nIf you choose shared hosting with a company only offering shared hosting and it\'s the wrong choice, you will need to find a new hosting company offering the right option. This is never fun and may cause a large amount of stress. However, if you start with shared hosting from a company offering VPS and dedicated options and it\'s not the right choice, upgrading is very easy.\r\n<h2>The Right WooCommerce Hosting Solution</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\nITX Design provides one of the best WooCommerce Hosting options you will find. Whether you\'re a beginner looking for shared hosting or you need to transfer from another company to a VPS or dedicated solution, we can help. With 24/7 hosting support, provided by the top experts in the field, you won\'t have to worry about anything. We handle the full transfer and make sure you get a hosting package perfect for your needs.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to start your online store and you need a WooCommerce Hosting recommendation, contact our support team today.\r\n\r\n<div class=\"start-empire5\" style=\"text-align: center;\">[abutton color=\"green\" link=\"https://itxdesign.com/billing/cart.php\"]SIGN UP[/abutton]</div>','WooCommerce Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','2283-revision-v1','','','2014-01-22 15:41:01','2014-01-22 20:41:01','',2283,'http://itxdesign.com/2283-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4638,3,'2014-01-22 15:41:29','2014-01-22 20:41:29','<style>\r\n.start-empire5 {\r\n	width: 522px;\r\n	height: 79px;\r\n	background: url(\"images/start-ecommerce-blank.png\");\r\n	margin: 25px auto;\r\n	padding-top: 100px;\r\n}\r\n</style><h2>What is WooCommerce?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4621\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"WooCommerce Logo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce.png\" width=\"264\" height=\"189\" />\r\nWooCommerce is an ecommerce solution designed specifically for use with WordPress. The system provides full security, along with many other features. The markup is designed to provide the best SEO possible and it\'s written in fully semantic HTML5.\r\n\r\nWith the right WooCommerce Hosting, you can open your online store quickly. If you already know the ins and outs of WordPress, this is the best solution you will find for your online store. Even beginners will find WooCommerce to be a great choice because of how user-friendly it is.\r\n<h2 style=\"clear: both;\">What can you do with WooCommerce?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_4622\" align=\"alignright\" style=\"margin-top: -10px;\" width=\"300\"]<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce-screenshot.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-4622\" alt=\"WooCommerce Screenshot\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce-screenshot-300x183.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"183\" /></a> WooCommerce Screenshot[/caption]\r\n\r\n<strong>WooCommerce provides you the ability to do many things including:</strong>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Designate Shipping Classes</li>\r\n	<li>Configure Comprehensive Tax Settings</li>\r\n	<li>Print Reports</li>\r\n	<li>Manage Variable Products</li>\r\n	<li>Assign Store Managers</li>\r\n	<li>Run Promotions</li>\r\n	<li>Add Numerous Extensions</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAs a free choice for your online store integration. WooCommerce is a great option.\r\n<h2 style=\"clear:both;\">Add-ons and Customizations</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/extensions-screenshot.png\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/extensions-screenshot-300x286.png\" alt=\"WooCommerce Add Ons\" width=\"300\" height=\"286\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4629\" style=\"margin-right: 50px;\" /></a>Along with the base system, which is free, you can purchase extensions to customize WooCommerce to fit your specific needs. Some of the most popular extensions include\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>USPS Shipping Method</li>\r\n	<li>UPS Shipping Method</li>\r\n	<li>Product Add Ons</li>\r\n	<li>Follow Up Email</li>\r\n	<li>WooCommerce Subscriptions</li>\r\n	<li>Product CSV Import</li>\r\n	<li>Table Rate Shipping</li>\r\n	<li>Dynamic Pricing</li>\r\n</ul>These are just a few of the many extensions you can use to customize the look and function of your new online store.\r\n\r\n<h2>Hosting your WooCommerce Web Store</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/websites-using-woocommerce.png\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/websites-using-woocommerce-300x225.png\" alt=\"websites using woocommerce\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4633\" style=\"margin-left: 40px;\" /></a>Hosting provides the foundation for your web store and without great hosting, you will struggle to run a successful store. Your hosting needs to meet the minimum requirements of WooCommerce and provide plenty of resources for all your products.\r\n\r\nChoosing the right type of WooCommerce Hosting will depend on the number of products you plan to sell and the number of daily visitors you expect to your store. Getting the most out of your hosting requires you to choose between a shared, VPS or dedicated web hosting package. If you\'re a beginner, this decision can be very difficult.\r\n\r\nA hosting company offering all three solutions is ideal because this will provide the ability to upgrade whenever necessary. You can start with shared hosting until you outgrow the limitations. When this happens, you can easily switch your WooCommerce Hosting to a VPS hosting package for more security and resources. This can eliminate any slow load times you may be experiences.\r\n\r\nGrowing through the VPS hosting levels may take some time. If you reach a point where you need more resources than the largest VPS package offered, it\'s time to upgrade to a dedicated server. Right now, this might seem very expensive, but the growth of your online store will easily support the cost when you reach this point.\r\n<h2>What Happens with the Wrong Hosting?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\nMany large hosting companies only offer one shared hosting package without any upgrade options for VPS or dedicated hosting. This can be very dangerous because transferring from one host to another can cause downtime, cost money and cause you to lose customers. You want to avoid downtime as much as possible.\r\n\r\nIf you choose shared hosting with a company only offering shared hosting and it\'s the wrong choice, you will need to find a new hosting company offering the right option. This is never fun and may cause a large amount of stress. However, if you start with shared hosting from a company offering VPS and dedicated options and it\'s not the right choice, upgrading is very easy.\r\n<h2>The Right WooCommerce Hosting Solution</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\nITX Design provides one of the best WooCommerce Hosting options you will find. Whether you\'re a beginner looking for shared hosting or you need to transfer from another company to a VPS or dedicated solution, we can help. With 24/7 hosting support, provided by the top experts in the field, you won\'t have to worry about anything. We handle the full transfer and make sure you get a hosting package perfect for your needs.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to start your online store and you need a WooCommerce Hosting recommendation, contact our support team today.\r\n\r\n<div class=\"start-empire5\" style=\"text-align: center;\">[abutton color=\"green\" link=\"https://itxdesign.com/billing/cart.php\"]SIGN UP[/abutton]</div>','WooCommerce Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','2283-revision-v1','','','2014-01-22 15:41:29','2014-01-22 20:41:29','',2283,'http://itxdesign.com/2283-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4639,3,'2014-01-22 15:42:25','2014-01-22 20:42:25','<style>\r\n.start-empire5 {\r\n	width: 522px;\r\n	height: 79px;\r\n	background: url(\"images/start-ecommerce-blank2.png\");\r\n	margin: 25px auto;\r\n	padding-top: 100px;\r\n}\r\n</style><h2>What is WooCommerce?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4621\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"WooCommerce Logo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce.png\" width=\"264\" height=\"189\" />\r\nWooCommerce is an ecommerce solution designed specifically for use with WordPress. The system provides full security, along with many other features. The markup is designed to provide the best SEO possible and it\'s written in fully semantic HTML5.\r\n\r\nWith the right WooCommerce Hosting, you can open your online store quickly. If you already know the ins and outs of WordPress, this is the best solution you will find for your online store. Even beginners will find WooCommerce to be a great choice because of how user-friendly it is.\r\n<h2 style=\"clear: both;\">What can you do with WooCommerce?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_4622\" align=\"alignright\" style=\"margin-top: -10px;\" width=\"300\"]<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce-screenshot.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-4622\" alt=\"WooCommerce Screenshot\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce-screenshot-300x183.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"183\" /></a> WooCommerce Screenshot[/caption]\r\n\r\n<strong>WooCommerce provides you the ability to do many things including:</strong>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Designate Shipping Classes</li>\r\n	<li>Configure Comprehensive Tax Settings</li>\r\n	<li>Print Reports</li>\r\n	<li>Manage Variable Products</li>\r\n	<li>Assign Store Managers</li>\r\n	<li>Run Promotions</li>\r\n	<li>Add Numerous Extensions</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAs a free choice for your online store integration. WooCommerce is a great option.\r\n<h2 style=\"clear:both;\">Add-ons and Customizations</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/extensions-screenshot.png\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/extensions-screenshot-300x286.png\" alt=\"WooCommerce Add Ons\" width=\"300\" height=\"286\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4629\" style=\"margin-right: 50px;\" /></a>Along with the base system, which is free, you can purchase extensions to customize WooCommerce to fit your specific needs. Some of the most popular extensions include\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>USPS Shipping Method</li>\r\n	<li>UPS Shipping Method</li>\r\n	<li>Product Add Ons</li>\r\n	<li>Follow Up Email</li>\r\n	<li>WooCommerce Subscriptions</li>\r\n	<li>Product CSV Import</li>\r\n	<li>Table Rate Shipping</li>\r\n	<li>Dynamic Pricing</li>\r\n</ul>These are just a few of the many extensions you can use to customize the look and function of your new online store.\r\n\r\n<h2>Hosting your WooCommerce Web Store</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/websites-using-woocommerce.png\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/websites-using-woocommerce-300x225.png\" alt=\"websites using woocommerce\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4633\" style=\"margin-left: 40px;\" /></a>Hosting provides the foundation for your web store and without great hosting, you will struggle to run a successful store. Your hosting needs to meet the minimum requirements of WooCommerce and provide plenty of resources for all your products.\r\n\r\nChoosing the right type of WooCommerce Hosting will depend on the number of products you plan to sell and the number of daily visitors you expect to your store. Getting the most out of your hosting requires you to choose between a shared, VPS or dedicated web hosting package. If you\'re a beginner, this decision can be very difficult.\r\n\r\nA hosting company offering all three solutions is ideal because this will provide the ability to upgrade whenever necessary. You can start with shared hosting until you outgrow the limitations. When this happens, you can easily switch your WooCommerce Hosting to a VPS hosting package for more security and resources. This can eliminate any slow load times you may be experiences.\r\n\r\nGrowing through the VPS hosting levels may take some time. If you reach a point where you need more resources than the largest VPS package offered, it\'s time to upgrade to a dedicated server. Right now, this might seem very expensive, but the growth of your online store will easily support the cost when you reach this point.\r\n<h2>What Happens with the Wrong Hosting?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\nMany large hosting companies only offer one shared hosting package without any upgrade options for VPS or dedicated hosting. This can be very dangerous because transferring from one host to another can cause downtime, cost money and cause you to lose customers. You want to avoid downtime as much as possible.\r\n\r\nIf you choose shared hosting with a company only offering shared hosting and it\'s the wrong choice, you will need to find a new hosting company offering the right option. This is never fun and may cause a large amount of stress. However, if you start with shared hosting from a company offering VPS and dedicated options and it\'s not the right choice, upgrading is very easy.\r\n<h2>The Right WooCommerce Hosting Solution</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\nITX Design provides one of the best WooCommerce Hosting options you will find. Whether you\'re a beginner looking for shared hosting or you need to transfer from another company to a VPS or dedicated solution, we can help. With 24/7 hosting support, provided by the top experts in the field, you won\'t have to worry about anything. We handle the full transfer and make sure you get a hosting package perfect for your needs.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to start your online store and you need a WooCommerce Hosting recommendation, contact our support team today.\r\n\r\n<div class=\"start-empire5\" style=\"text-align: center;\">[abutton color=\"green\" link=\"https://itxdesign.com/billing/cart.php\"]SIGN UP[/abutton]</div>','WooCommerce Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','2283-revision-v1','','','2014-01-22 15:42:25','2014-01-22 20:42:25','',2283,'http://itxdesign.com/2283-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4640,3,'2014-01-22 15:43:33','2014-01-22 20:43:33','<style>\r\n.start-empire5 {\r\n	width: 522px;\r\n	height: 79px;\r\n	background: url(\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/themes/itxhosting/images/start-ecommerce-blank2.png\");\r\n	margin: 25px auto;\r\n	padding-top: 100px;\r\n}\r\n</style><h2>What is WooCommerce?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4621\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"WooCommerce Logo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce.png\" width=\"264\" height=\"189\" />\r\nWooCommerce is an ecommerce solution designed specifically for use with WordPress. The system provides full security, along with many other features. The markup is designed to provide the best SEO possible and it\'s written in fully semantic HTML5.\r\n\r\nWith the right WooCommerce Hosting, you can open your online store quickly. If you already know the ins and outs of WordPress, this is the best solution you will find for your online store. Even beginners will find WooCommerce to be a great choice because of how user-friendly it is.\r\n<h2 style=\"clear: both;\">What can you do with WooCommerce?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_4622\" align=\"alignright\" style=\"margin-top: -10px;\" width=\"300\"]<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce-screenshot.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-4622\" alt=\"WooCommerce Screenshot\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/woocommerce-screenshot-300x183.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"183\" /></a> WooCommerce Screenshot[/caption]\r\n\r\n<strong>WooCommerce provides you the ability to do many things including:</strong>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Designate Shipping Classes</li>\r\n	<li>Configure Comprehensive Tax Settings</li>\r\n	<li>Print Reports</li>\r\n	<li>Manage Variable Products</li>\r\n	<li>Assign Store Managers</li>\r\n	<li>Run Promotions</li>\r\n	<li>Add Numerous Extensions</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAs a free choice for your online store integration. WooCommerce is a great option.\r\n<h2 style=\"clear:both;\">Add-ons and Customizations</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/extensions-screenshot.png\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/extensions-screenshot-300x286.png\" alt=\"WooCommerce Add Ons\" width=\"300\" height=\"286\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4629\" style=\"margin-right: 50px;\" /></a>Along with the base system, which is free, you can purchase extensions to customize WooCommerce to fit your specific needs. Some of the most popular extensions include\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>USPS Shipping Method</li>\r\n	<li>UPS Shipping Method</li>\r\n	<li>Product Add Ons</li>\r\n	<li>Follow Up Email</li>\r\n	<li>WooCommerce Subscriptions</li>\r\n	<li>Product CSV Import</li>\r\n	<li>Table Rate Shipping</li>\r\n	<li>Dynamic Pricing</li>\r\n</ul>These are just a few of the many extensions you can use to customize the look and function of your new online store.\r\n\r\n<h2>Hosting your WooCommerce Web Store</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/websites-using-woocommerce.png\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/websites-using-woocommerce-300x225.png\" alt=\"websites using woocommerce\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4633\" style=\"margin-left: 40px;\" /></a>Hosting provides the foundation for your web store and without great hosting, you will struggle to run a successful store. Your hosting needs to meet the minimum requirements of WooCommerce and provide plenty of resources for all your products.\r\n\r\nChoosing the right type of WooCommerce Hosting will depend on the number of products you plan to sell and the number of daily visitors you expect to your store. Getting the most out of your hosting requires you to choose between a shared, VPS or dedicated web hosting package. If you\'re a beginner, this decision can be very difficult.\r\n\r\nA hosting company offering all three solutions is ideal because this will provide the ability to upgrade whenever necessary. You can start with shared hosting until you outgrow the limitations. When this happens, you can easily switch your WooCommerce Hosting to a VPS hosting package for more security and resources. This can eliminate any slow load times you may be experiences.\r\n\r\nGrowing through the VPS hosting levels may take some time. If you reach a point where you need more resources than the largest VPS package offered, it\'s time to upgrade to a dedicated server. Right now, this might seem very expensive, but the growth of your online store will easily support the cost when you reach this point.\r\n<h2>What Happens with the Wrong Hosting?</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\nMany large hosting companies only offer one shared hosting package without any upgrade options for VPS or dedicated hosting. This can be very dangerous because transferring from one host to another can cause downtime, cost money and cause you to lose customers. You want to avoid downtime as much as possible.\r\n\r\nIf you choose shared hosting with a company only offering shared hosting and it\'s the wrong choice, you will need to find a new hosting company offering the right option. This is never fun and may cause a large amount of stress. However, if you start with shared hosting from a company offering VPS and dedicated options and it\'s not the right choice, upgrading is very easy.\r\n<h2>The Right WooCommerce Hosting Solution</h2>\r\n<div id=\"full-underline\"></div>\r\nITX Design provides one of the best WooCommerce Hosting options you will find. Whether you\'re a beginner looking for shared hosting or you need to transfer from another company to a VPS or dedicated solution, we can help. With 24/7 hosting support, provided by the top experts in the field, you won\'t have to worry about anything. We handle the full transfer and make sure you get a hosting package perfect for your needs.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to start your online store and you need a WooCommerce Hosting recommendation, contact our support team today.\r\n\r\n<div class=\"start-empire5\" style=\"text-align: center;\">[abutton color=\"green\" link=\"https://itxdesign.com/billing/cart.php\"]SIGN UP[/abutton]</div>','WooCommerce Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','2283-revision-v1','','','2014-01-22 15:43:33','2014-01-22 20:43:33','',2283,'http://itxdesign.com/2283-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(5143,1,'2014-02-10 07:07:56','2014-02-10 12:07:56','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5144\" alt=\"better-wp-security\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/better-wp-security.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Add Better WP Security to Your Arsenal of WordPress Plugins</b>\r\n\r\nUsing Better WP Security is a necessity for every WordPress website and blog out there. This is the #1 WordPress Security Plugin and provides something you cannot get from any other security plugin.\r\n\r\nIn December of 2013, Better WP Security was acquired by iThemes and Christ Weigman was added to the team to maintain and continue development for this plugin. This not only brings Better WP Security to another level, but it also adds a new level of protection to iThemes Exchange, which is known as one of the best ecommerce solutions available on the market.\r\n\r\n<b>What is Better WP Security?</b>\r\n\r\nBetter WP Security is a WordPress plugin allowing the user to take advantage of some of the best security available. This plugin uses the best security techniques within a single plugin to ensure the potential holes are filled without any conflicting issues with other plugins.\r\n\r\nIt can be installed and activated quickly. This powerful security plugin provides the absolute best protection any WordPress site can get with a plugin.\r\n\r\n<b>Major Benefits of Using Better WP Security</b>\r\n\r\nSince most of the hacker attacks and virus attacks happen due to weak passwords, old software and plugin vulnerabilities, Better WP Security uses these issues to protect you in the best possible way. The plugin helps to hide any vulnerabilities from any type of attack and keeps sensitive information protected. Some of the things the plugin does include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Changes the URLs of the WordPress admin, login and other sensitive areas</li>\r\n	<li>Turns off the ability to login for a specific time</li>\r\n	<li>Removes the plugins and theme from those without permission to update them</li>\r\n	<li>Removes the RSD header information</li>\r\n	<li>Renames the \"admin\" account</li>\r\n	<li>Changes the WordPress database table prefix</li>\r\n	<li>Changes the wp-content path</li>\r\n	<li>Displays random numbers for non-administrative users</li>\r\n	<li>Removes login error messages</li>\r\n	<li>And More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-5145\" alt=\"better-wp-security-benefits\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/better-wp-security-benefits.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"112\" />All of this may seem overwhelming, but the plugin takes care of it all for you whenever an attacker is after your site. As the plugin does its\' job to hide certain part of your site and certain types of information, you won\'t have to worry as much about specific things. It will also do all of the following for you:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Ban troublesome bots</li>\r\n	<li>Ban troublesome user agents</li>\r\n	<li>Strengthen the security of your server</li>\r\n	<li>Turn off file editing</li>\r\n	<li>Detect and block attacks to your database and filesystem</li>\r\n	<li>Enforce strong passwords for accounts</li>\r\n	<li>Force SSL for admin and any other pages and posts necessary</li>\r\n	<li>Scan your site for vulnerabilities and fix them</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIf the plugin were to fail and an attacker was to get past, it also creates a backup schedule and emails you the file. This makes recovering your site much easier, if a hacker were to actually get past the very powerful Better WP Security plugin.\r\n\r\n<b>Can Anybody Use Better WP Security?</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5146\" alt=\"update-better-wp-security\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/update-better-wp-security.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"126\" />Yes, if you are using the latest version of WordPress, you can use the Better WP Security plugin. You may be wondering why you need to be using the latest version of WordPress to use this plugin. The answer is simple.\r\n\r\nOne of the best practices of a WordPress website owner is to keep WordPress and all plugins used on the site up-to-date. Even though the plugin may work with older versions of WordPress, using it with the latest version will provide the most powerful protection.\r\n\r\n<b>Is Better WP Security Capable of Protecting Your Site from ALL Attacks?</b>\r\n\r\nIt\'s impossible to guarantee perfect security with the Better WP Security plugin. Attackers are always finding new ways to attack sites and security plugins are always finding ways to block them.\r\n\r\nThis specific plugin is designed to improve the security of your site from the most common types of attacks. It cannot prevent every type of attack and nothing replaces the good practice of using strong passwords and keeping everything up-to-date. This plugin just makes it easier to secure your site and takes away some of the worry.\r\n\r\n<b>What are the Requirements of this WordPress Plugin?</b>\r\n\r\nBetter WP Security requires a server with LiteSpeed or Apache. It also requires mod_rewrite or NGINX to work properly. The plugin has been known to experience some problem in the shared hosting environment if it runs out of resources.\r\n\r\nIt\'s recommended that you backup any site you plan to use this plugin on before installing it. This is simply a precaution and especially recommended for those using a shared hosting server. Even though shared hosting states that it provides unlimited resources, many hosting companies actually vary in their definition of \"unlimited\" and this could become an issue with this plugin.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Better WP Security','','publish','open','closed','','better-wp-security','','','2014-02-10 07:53:42','2014-02-10 12:53:42','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=5143',0,'post','',0),(5144,1,'2014-02-08 11:08:40','2014-02-08 16:08:40','','better-wp-security','','inherit','open','closed','','better-wp-security','','','2014-02-08 11:08:40','2014-02-08 16:08:40','',5143,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/better-wp-security.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4642,1,'2014-01-22 17:42:18','2014-01-22 22:42:18','','wordpress-post-logo','','inherit','open','closed','','wordpress-post-logo','','','2014-01-22 17:42:18','2014-01-22 22:42:18','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wordpress-post-logo.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4643,1,'2014-01-22 17:49:51','2014-01-22 22:49:51','','wordpress-post','','inherit','open','closed','','wordpress-post','','','2014-01-22 17:49:51','2014-01-22 22:49:51','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wordpress-post.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4644,1,'2014-01-22 17:50:04','2014-01-22 22:50:04','','wordpress-page','','inherit','open','closed','','wordpress-page','','','2014-01-22 17:50:04','2014-01-22 22:50:04','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/wordpress-page.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5156,1,'2014-02-10 12:00:24','2014-02-10 17:00:24','<b><img class=\"size-full wp-image-5157 alignright\" alt=\"wordpress-importer\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/wordpress-importer.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Is WordPress Importer a Necessary Plugin for WordPress Websites?</b>\r\n\r\nWordPress Importer allows you to import many different types of content from a WordPress export file. It\'s not necessary for every project, but if you need to move content from one place to another, this is one of the top plugins for this task.\r\n\r\nWith the WordPress Importer plugin, you can import all of the following types of content:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Comments</li>\r\n	<li>Posts</li>\r\n	<li>Pages</li>\r\n	<li>Custom Fields</li>\r\n	<li>Post Meta</li>\r\n	<li>Categories</li>\r\n	<li>Tags</li>\r\n	<li>Terms from custom taxonomies</li>\r\n	<li>Custom post types</li>\r\n	<li>Authors</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nYou get the power of being able to move all of these items without the old fashioned copy and paste method.\r\n\r\n<b>Installing WordPress Importer</b>\r\n\r\nIf you need to move content from one blog to another or you need to import content, installing WordPress Importer may help. This plugin is very easy to install from your WordPress Dashboard.\r\n\r\nYou can either download the .zip file and upload it in the plugin section or you can go to \"add new\" and do a search for \"WordPress Importer\" and click \"install now\" from the plugin list. Either way, you will just need to click \"Activate Plugin &amp; Run Importer\" once the installation is complete.\r\n\r\n<b>How does WordPress Importer Benefit You?<img class=\"size-full wp-image-5158 alignleft\" alt=\"wordpress-importer-benefits\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/wordpress-importer-benefits.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"150\" /></b>\r\n\r\nThe WordPress Importer plugin isn\'t like the many other plugins on the top 25 list of WordPress plugins. Some of these plugins are vital to the overall success of any WordPress website. However, WordPress Importer is a plugin you may use only once, depending on your project.\r\n\r\nIt\'s very helpful if you want to move an entire blog from one domain to another or if you want to export content for any other reason. The plugin takes the guesswork out of dealing with the MySQL database, which is a part of the back-end of your WordPress website. For those without knowledge of MySQL and moving databases, WordPress Importer can make the job of moving a blog or website much easier.\r\n\r\nYou do need to be using WordPress 3.0 or higher to be able to use the plugin for importing and exporting. It\'s not compatible with older versions, but it will work with versions of WordPress up to 3.8.1.\r\n\r\n<b>Comparing WordPress Importer to the Manual Process of Importing and Exporting</b>\r\n\r\nFor those with coding experience and those with a full understanding of how MySQL databases work, WordPress Importer may not be necessary at all. The manual process of importing and exporting data with the database gives you plenty of control, but it\'s not easy to do, if you\'ve never done it before.\r\n\r\nManually importing and exporting content requires changing the code of your new and old WordPress website. It\'s not difficult to do, if you have the right set of instructions, but if you don\'t do it correctly, it could cause a mess.\r\n\r\nBeginners may read the instructions to perform this task manually and decide it\'s too overwhelming. That is why developers have created an easier way to import and export content in WordPress. The WordPress Importer plugin will fulfill your needs without making you have to change code or worry about dealing with the actual database.\r\n\r\n<b>Making Importing and Exporting Easy</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-5159 alignright\" alt=\"wordpress-importer-easy-button\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/wordpress-importer-easy-button.jpg\" width=\"183\" height=\"275\" />It can be confusing when you need to import or expert just one author from your blog or one type of content. Maybe you just need to move some of the posts, but not everything. This may seem like a task that requires copying and pasting, along with deleting from one blog, while adding to another.\r\n\r\nTaking the time to copy and paste everything isn\'t necessary. You can use the WordPress Importer plugin to do the task for you. This frees up time for more important things and may keep you from getting a headache from all the copying and pasting.\r\n\r\nWhether you have a large blog and you need to move all the content to a new blog, or you have a small blog and you just need to move one author, WordPress Importer can help. This is a powerful plugin you may not need to use all the time, but when it\'s necessary, it makes life as a WordPress webmaster much easier.\r\n\r\nMake sure you back up all your data before doing any importing or exporting just to be safe. Once you\'ve backed up your blog, you can move forward with installing WordPress Importer and using this powerful plugin.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','WordPress Importer','','publish','open','closed','','wordpress-importer','','','2014-02-10 12:02:21','2014-02-10 17:02:21','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=5156',0,'post','',0),(5157,1,'2014-02-10 11:57:44','2014-02-10 16:57:44','','wordpress-importer','','inherit','open','closed','','wordpress-importer','','','2014-02-10 11:57:44','2014-02-10 16:57:44','',5156,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/wordpress-importer.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4646,1,'2014-01-22 18:00:45','2014-01-22 23:00:45','<b><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/teacher-websites-hosting.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-4649 alignleft\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"teacher-websites-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/teacher-websites-hosting.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"113\" /></a>Ten Reasons Why Teachers Need Their Own Website</b>\r\n\r\nIt doesn\'t matter what type of teacher you are, you need a website. All types of teaches, from private to classroom to online tutors to professors, need a website. There are many benefits to having your own website and the cost is very small compared to the benefits. Here are ten reasons why every teacher needs their own website.\r\n\r\n<b>Online Marketing</b>\r\n\r\nFor private teachers, online marketing is vital to either business. Older methods of advertising, such as flyers, newspaper ads and other postings can only reach so far. A website provides the convenience may need to find out more information about you and it makes it possible for you to be found through search engines.\r\n\r\nSchool teachers need a website for online marketing, as well. This shows that you are up-to-date with the latest technology and that you stake your job seriously. Communicating with parents and students also becomes much easier when you add a private forum to your website.\r\n\r\n<b>Your Digital Portfolio</b>\r\n\r\nSometimes you need a convenient place to point somebody if they want to understand who you are. Your website provides a digital portfolio with all your accomplishments and skills. It acts as an online resume and so much more.\r\n\r\n<b>Communicate with Parents</b>\r\n\r\nThe old method of sending a note home with your students is no longer necessary. Half the time the note doesn\'t even make it to the parents. However, with your own website, you can keep parents in the look about upcoming events, the curriculum and any news. You can communicate to all the parents or just parents of a specific student through your website.\r\n\r\n<b>Creates a Worldwide Presence</b><b><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4647\" alt=\"teacher-websites-students\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/teacher-websites-students.jpg\" width=\"450\" height=\"338\" /></b>\r\n\r\nAccessing your website is easy for anybody, all across the globe. Once your site goes live, you become worldwide instantly. This allows you to make connections all over the world. If you have students going abroad, you can keep up with them and people you meet can find you and drop you a quick email.\r\n\r\n<b>Keep Students Up-to-date on Assignments</b>\r\n\r\nWith your own website, no longer can students tell you they forgot what the assignment was or they lost the syllabus. You can post all the necessary information on your website and direct your students to visit the website often.\r\n\r\n<b>Parent Feedback</b>\r\n\r\nYour website can be set up to allow parents with a way to give you feedback on assignments, field trips and other parts of your job. It may not be easy to take constructive criticism or tough feedback, but it\'s important to your job. If you become stuck in old habits, your students may not get learn as much or as easily from your methods.\r\n\r\n<b>Catalog of Assignments, Handouts and More</b>\r\n\r\nAlong with providing students with access to homework and other important documents, your website provide a convenient place to store all these documents for use later. If you keep them in a file folder, you could lose them or misplace them. However, your website can be backed up easily and you will never have to worry about losing any of your important documents.\r\n\r\n<b>Professional Credibility</b>\r\n\r\nJust as a company gains trust and credibility with a website, so do teachers. Students and parents will appreciate the website you maintain and you will gain credibility due to the many benefits provided.\r\n\r\n<b>Brings You to the Student\'s Level</b>\r\n\r\nStudents are online all the time and you need to be, as well. The last thing you want to become is the teacher known as a dinosaur. You need to stay up-to-date on technology and meet your students on their level.\r\n\r\n<b>Your Website Goes with You</b>\r\n\r\nMany schools provide you with a profile or even a place to share assignments and other announcement. However, if you move from one job to another or you tutor outside of your regular teaching job, the page they give you won\'t help. Your website is yours and it goes with you, no matter where you go.\r\n\r\nAll of these reasons make it pretty clear how important a website is for all teachers. Start by choosing the right hosting and since you should be familiar with the technology that goes along with a website, you may want to design it yourself.\r\n\r\nITX Design provides the perfect hosting for teacher websites and all the tools you need to get up and running fast. Whether you choose a top CMS, such as WordPress or you use the site builder included in your hosting package, getting your website up and running will be easy. All the tools you get with your hosting are very user-friendly and the ITX Design support team can help with any questions you might encounter. Contact us today and find out which package we recommend for your teacher website.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Teacher Websites','','publish','open','closed','','teacher-websites','','','2014-01-22 18:00:45','2014-01-22 23:00:45','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?page_id=4646',0,'page','',0),(4647,1,'2014-01-22 17:55:22','2014-01-22 22:55:22','','teacher-websites-students','','inherit','open','closed','','teacher-websites-students','','','2014-01-22 17:55:22','2014-01-22 22:55:22','',4646,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/teacher-websites-students.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0);
INSERT INTO `wpitx_posts` VALUES (5155,1,'2014-02-10 09:35:02','2014-02-10 14:35:02','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5115\" alt=\"wordpress-square-w-logo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/wordpress-square-w-logo.jpg\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />What are the Top 25 WordPress Plugins?</b>\r\n\r\nWordPress is one of the most powerful blogging platforms and content management systems available. It\'s by far the most popular and with the right WordPress plugins, you can make your website/blog function properly.\r\n\r\nComparing different WordPress plugins and what they can do for you, will help you choose the right ones for your needs. We are comparing the top 25 plugins to others in the same category, if available, to show you which ones are the best choices. Most of these plugins won\'t cost you a dime and as long as you have hosting with WordPress, you can use these plugins to create a better website/blog.\r\n\r\nHere\'s a look at the top 25 WordPress Plugins:\r\n<ol>\r\n	<li><a title=\"wordpress seo by yoast\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-seo-by-yoast/\">WordPress SEO by Yoast</a></li>\r\n	<li>Contact Form 7</li>\r\n	<li>All in One SEO Pack</li>\r\n	<li>WP-PageNavi</li>\r\n	<li>Jetpack by WordPress.com</li>\r\n	<li>WordPress Importer</li>\r\n	<li>Google XML Sitemaps</li>\r\n	<li>Akismet</li>\r\n	<li><a title=\"Better WP Security\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/better-wp-security/\">Better WP Security</a></li>\r\n	<li>NextGEN Gallery</li>\r\n	<li><a title=\"woocommerce wordpress plugin\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/woocommerce-excelling-ecommerce/\">WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce</a></li>\r\n	<li>Yet Another Related Posts Plugin (YARPP)</li>\r\n	<li>Google Analyticator</li>\r\n	<li>Wordfence Security</li>\r\n	<li>Captcha</li>\r\n	<li>TinyMCE Advanced</li>\r\n	<li>Advanced Custom Fields</li>\r\n	<li>Contact Form</li>\r\n	<li>Google Analytics Dashboard for WP</li>\r\n	<li>WP Super Cache</li>\r\n	<li>InfiniteWP Client</li>\r\n	<li>bbPress</li>\r\n	<li>NextScripts: Social Networks Auto-Poster</li>\r\n	<li>WP-Statistics</li>\r\n	<li>Google Sitemap</li>\r\n</ol>\r\nWhether you need better search engine optimization or you want to protect your blog from spam comments, there\'s a plugin for your needs. WordPress has thousands of plugins available to help you get the most out of your site/blog. Here are some of the benefits of using the right plugins for your WordPress site.\r\n\r\n<b>Seven Benefits from Top WordPress Plugins</b>\r\n\r\nWordPress plugins bring many benefits, depending on which ones you choose. Some automate sharing, while others provide security benefits. Top benefits from WordPress plugins include:\r\n\r\n<b>Automation</b>\r\n\r\nSome of the best plugins will automate the process of sharing your blog posts with Facebook, Twitter and other social profiles. This can be very helpful if you plan to schedule blog posts or if you want to save a little bit of time.\r\n\r\n<b>Tracking and Analytics</b>\r\n\r\nWith the right plugins, you can see who has been visiting your website and where they are coming from. This can help with new blog post ideas and with the direction of your blog.\r\n\r\n<b>Heightened Security and Performances</b>\r\n\r\nSome of the best WordPress plugins won\'t change the way your site looks or share blog posts. However, they are still very important. Some plugins will help to better secure your website and blog from hackers and viruses. Other plugins will help to speed up the load times of your website, which also provides SEO benefits.\r\n\r\n<b>Basic Functions</b>\r\n\r\nWordPress can do many things, but some of the basic functions need a little tweaking for specific projects. With the right WordPress plugins, you can change simple tasks, such as which pages show up in your main menu and what goes in your sidebar. These functions can be customized to fit your specific needs with some of the basic plugins.\r\n\r\n<b>No Coding Necessary</b>\r\n\r\nMaybe the most beneficial part of using WordPress and the top WordPress plugins is anybody can do it. You won\'t need to do any coding with the help of the plugins. They are easy to install and they will do just what you need without any HTML coding or any other type of coding.\r\n\r\n<b>Massive SEO Benefits</b>\r\n\r\nJust a couple of SEO plugins can provide massive benefits. You can automatically generate your sitemap and make sure the right tags, descriptions and titles are displayed for the search engines. Some of these plugins will even give you an SEO score to help make sure each post or page fits perfectly with your overall strategy.\r\n\r\n<b>Share Related Posts</b>\r\n\r\nHave you ever found a blog post with related posts listed below and wondered how they do it? If you were to do this by hand, it would take quite a bit of time. However, with the use of the right plugins, you can create a list of related posts or display them with an image, without doing anything more than installing and setting up the plugin.\r\n\r\nAll of these benefits and many more, come from the top 25 WordPress plugins. Of course, before you can use the best plugins, you need a domain, hosting and WordPress installed on our website.\r\n\r\nAt ITX Design, we provide WordPress free with every hosting account. It takes less than five minutes to get it installed on your domain name and our hosting packages start as low as $4.95 per month.','Top 25 WordPress Plugins','','inherit','open','closed','','5114-revision-v1','','','2014-02-10 09:35:02','2014-02-10 14:35:02','',5114,'http://itxdesign.com/5114-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4649,1,'2014-01-22 17:56:50','2014-01-22 22:56:50','','teacher-websites-hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','teacher-websites-hosting','','','2014-01-22 17:56:50','2014-01-22 22:56:50','',4646,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/teacher-websites-hosting.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4650,1,'2014-01-22 17:58:48','2014-01-22 22:58:48','<b>Why do You Need a Website for your Photography Business?</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4573\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"photography-websites-design\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/photography-websites-design.jpg\" width=\"175\" height=\"263\" />Photography comes with many images, which speak volumes when it comes to attracting new clients. A website allows you to show off all of your work for all the different types of photography you provide. This is one of the best ways to attract new business today.\r\n\r\n<b>A Few Reasons You Need a Website for Your Photography Business</b>\r\n\r\nEvery year, a larger percentage of Americans use the internet to make many of their purchasing decisions. These decisions go much further than just items they can order online. Over 50% of Americans check out a company\'s website before making their final buying decision. Here are a few other reasons you need a photography website.\r\n\r\n<b>1. The Competition is Fierce</b>\r\n\r\nSearch for \"photography + your city\" and you will find a long list of websites for your competition. If you don\'t have a website, you won\'t be found on this list, which means the chances of somebody searching for a photographer, in your city, choosing you are slim and none.\r\n\r\n<b>2. Growing your Business</b>\r\n\r\nYour photography website can help you grow your business. With a professional website, you can show off your work, which will help to attract new clients. Your website also makes it easier for current customers to recommend your services to friends and family.\r\n\r\n<b>3. Selling Stock Photography</b>\r\n\r\nIf you sell stock photography or plan to, your own website will cut out the middleman. This eliminated any of the commissions you might pay to a site to help you sell your stock photography. It\'s very easy to add a stock photography section to your website and start making extra money from your work.\r\n\r\n<b>4. Connecting with Social Media<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4572\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"photography-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/photography-websites.jpg\" width=\"294\" height=\"326\" /></b>\r\n\r\nThe social world is a photographer\'s dream. Imagine your clients sharing the pictures you took of them all over Facebook, Twitter, Google+ and any other social media site. With a website, they will not only be sharing your images, but also your online calling card.\r\n\r\n<b>5. Better Customer Service</b>\r\n\r\nWith the right tools, you can create a better user experience. You can allow your clients access to their pictures and allow them to order the prints they prefer online. This makes it easy for anybody to order today, tomorrow or even months from now.\r\n\r\n<b>Creating Your Own Photography Website</b>\r\n\r\nIf you\'re the type of person that loves to be in control of your business, you will want to create the website for your company without the help of a designer. This makes sense for photographers, anyway.\r\n\r\nCreating your photography website doesn\'t need to be difficult. The right tools will make it easy to upload and host pictures, create different pages, add a client login section and even add a blog.\r\n\r\nYou will be able to add pictures to each section of your website, such as weddings, family, senior portraits, etc. This will make it very easy for potential customers to find samples of your work.\r\n\r\n<b>Where do you Start?</b>\r\n\r\nCreating any type of website starts with the right hosting company. At ITX Design, we offer shared, VPS and dedicated server hosting for all your needs. Our support team is available 24/7 with the answers you need, as you create your new website.\r\n\r\nAll of our hosting accounts come with cPanel, which provides access to all the necessary tools you need for your photography website. You can use one of the many CMS choices, shopping cart software and the many other tools you need for your website.\r\n\r\n<b>Growing Your Photography Business with a Website</b>\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to grow your business and show off your work, it\'s time to take your photography online. Imagine connecting your website with all your social profiles and watching your pictures make their way to all of your friends profiles. You may just find yourself with more work than you can handle.\r\n\r\nITX Design can help you create the best website possible for your specific needs. Start by choosing the right hosting package for you, and then let our support team help you with any questions, as you create your new photography website.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re not sure which hosting package is right for you, contact us and we can help you choose the right one for your needs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Photography Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4571-revision-v1','','','2014-01-22 17:58:48','2014-01-22 22:58:48','',4571,'http://itxdesign.com/4571-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4651,1,'2014-01-22 18:00:45','2014-01-22 23:00:45','<b><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/teacher-websites-hosting.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-4649 alignleft\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"teacher-websites-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/teacher-websites-hosting.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"113\" /></a>Ten Reasons Why Teachers Need Their Own Website</b>\r\n\r\nIt doesn\'t matter what type of teacher you are, you need a website. All types of teaches, from private to classroom to online tutors to professors, need a website. There are many benefits to having your own website and the cost is very small compared to the benefits. Here are ten reasons why every teacher needs their own website.\r\n\r\n<b>Online Marketing</b>\r\n\r\nFor private teachers, online marketing is vital to either business. Older methods of advertising, such as flyers, newspaper ads and other postings can only reach so far. A website provides the convenience may need to find out more information about you and it makes it possible for you to be found through search engines.\r\n\r\nSchool teachers need a website for online marketing, as well. This shows that you are up-to-date with the latest technology and that you stake your job seriously. Communicating with parents and students also becomes much easier when you add a private forum to your website.\r\n\r\n<b>Your Digital Portfolio</b>\r\n\r\nSometimes you need a convenient place to point somebody if they want to understand who you are. Your website provides a digital portfolio with all your accomplishments and skills. It acts as an online resume and so much more.\r\n\r\n<b>Communicate with Parents</b>\r\n\r\nThe old method of sending a note home with your students is no longer necessary. Half the time the note doesn\'t even make it to the parents. However, with your own website, you can keep parents in the look about upcoming events, the curriculum and any news. You can communicate to all the parents or just parents of a specific student through your website.\r\n\r\n<b>Creates a Worldwide Presence</b><b><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4647\" alt=\"teacher-websites-students\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/teacher-websites-students.jpg\" width=\"450\" height=\"338\" /></b>\r\n\r\nAccessing your website is easy for anybody, all across the globe. Once your site goes live, you become worldwide instantly. This allows you to make connections all over the world. If you have students going abroad, you can keep up with them and people you meet can find you and drop you a quick email.\r\n\r\n<b>Keep Students Up-to-date on Assignments</b>\r\n\r\nWith your own website, no longer can students tell you they forgot what the assignment was or they lost the syllabus. You can post all the necessary information on your website and direct your students to visit the website often.\r\n\r\n<b>Parent Feedback</b>\r\n\r\nYour website can be set up to allow parents with a way to give you feedback on assignments, field trips and other parts of your job. It may not be easy to take constructive criticism or tough feedback, but it\'s important to your job. If you become stuck in old habits, your students may not get learn as much or as easily from your methods.\r\n\r\n<b>Catalog of Assignments, Handouts and More</b>\r\n\r\nAlong with providing students with access to homework and other important documents, your website provide a convenient place to store all these documents for use later. If you keep them in a file folder, you could lose them or misplace them. However, your website can be backed up easily and you will never have to worry about losing any of your important documents.\r\n\r\n<b>Professional Credibility</b>\r\n\r\nJust as a company gains trust and credibility with a website, so do teachers. Students and parents will appreciate the website you maintain and you will gain credibility due to the many benefits provided.\r\n\r\n<b>Brings You to the Student\'s Level</b>\r\n\r\nStudents are online all the time and you need to be, as well. The last thing you want to become is the teacher known as a dinosaur. You need to stay up-to-date on technology and meet your students on their level.\r\n\r\n<b>Your Website Goes with You</b>\r\n\r\nMany schools provide you with a profile or even a place to share assignments and other announcement. However, if you move from one job to another or you tutor outside of your regular teaching job, the page they give you won\'t help. Your website is yours and it goes with you, no matter where you go.\r\n\r\nAll of these reasons make it pretty clear how important a website is for all teachers. Start by choosing the right hosting and since you should be familiar with the technology that goes along with a website, you may want to design it yourself.\r\n\r\nITX Design provides the perfect hosting for teacher websites and all the tools you need to get up and running fast. Whether you choose a top CMS, such as WordPress or you use the site builder included in your hosting package, getting your website up and running will be easy. All the tools you get with your hosting are very user-friendly and the ITX Design support team can help with any questions you might encounter. Contact us today and find out which package we recommend for your teacher website.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Teacher Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4646-revision-v1','','','2014-01-22 18:00:45','2014-01-22 23:00:45','',4646,'http://itxdesign.com/4646-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4652,1,'2013-07-22 14:50:14','2013-07-22 18:50:14','<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1650\" alt=\"hosting acquisitions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/04/web-hosting-acquisitions-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" />ITX Design is a privately owned Corporation specializing in website hosting and 24/7/365 technical support. Our foundation dates back to May of 2001 and we are a small business web hosting company. Over the years, ITX Design has seen explosive growth with our full line of web hosting solutions (Shared Hosting, Dedicated Servers, Reseller and VPS). Additionally, we have successfully completed a large number of web hosting company acquisitions.\r\n\r\nOver the past 10 years, we’ve developed a proven technique/strategy for migrations allowing us to seamlessly integrate/migrate other hosting companies into our system.\r\n\r\n<strong>Sell Your Hosting Company</strong>\r\n\r\nIf you\'re looking to exit the hosting industry, we are here to help. We not only want to grow our business, but we also want to offer you a solution to move on to the next stage of your business life. Sometimes it\'s necessary to let your hosting company go, but you don\'t want to let down your clients.\r\n\r\nWe will offer a great home for your clients by providing great customer support, full migration with very little downtime and the opportunity to grow their businesses with ours. Every acquisition is unique and we understand the differences. Our team treats all new acquisitions as new opportunities. We use a professional approach to make sure your hard work isn\'t wasted.\r\n\r\nSometimes running a hosting company becomes overwhelming or too expensive for one person or a small team. When this happens and you realize you want out, we provide a solution, no matter your reason for leaving the industry. Whether you don\'t enjoy providing support or your business simply doesn\'t provide the income you hoped it would, we\'re interested. Contact us today and find out more about how we can help.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWe support various hosting platforms and we\'re complete web hosting company acquisitions successfully for the following platforms and control panels.\r\n\r\n<strong>This includes support for the following systems and control panels: </strong>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Alabanza</li>\r\n	<li>Hsphere</li>\r\n	<li>Cpanel</li>\r\n	<li>Plesk</li>\r\n	<li>Ensim</li>\r\n	<li>VPS</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<strong>ITX Design is interested in companies that meet the following specifications: </strong>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>US and Canadian Web Hosting Companies</li>\r\n	<li>Control Panel Software (Alabanza/Navisite,Hsphere,Cpanel,Plesk)</li>\r\n	<li>Shared and Dedicated/VPS Servers</li>\r\n	<li>Web Hosting Resellers</li>\r\n	<li>50 + Clients/Domains</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<strong>Please contact us if you are interested in selling your web hosting company:</strong>\r\n\r\nTelephone: 703-652-4643\r\n\r\nEmail: acqitx@itxdesign.com\r\n<h2>Successful Web Hosting Company Acquisitions</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>OS Hosting (oshosting.com)</li>\r\n	<li>Ehost2 (ehost2.com)</li>\r\n	<li>Dial Your Web (dialyourweb.com)</li>\r\n	<li>Resell Your Web (resellyourweb.com)</li>\r\n	<li>Great Hosting (greathosting.com)</li>\r\n	<li>Ameri Servers (ameriservers.net)</li>\r\n	<li>The Host Group (<a href=\"http://thehostgroup.com\">thehostgroup.com</a>)</li>\r\n	<li>Web HSP (<a href=\"http://webhsp.com\">webhsp.com</a>)</li>\r\n	<li>A1 Web Server (a1webserver.com)</li>\r\n	<li>Hosting Direct (hostingdirect.com)</li>\r\n	<li>Total Hosting (totalhosting.com)</li>\r\n</ul>','Web Hosting Company Acquisitions','','inherit','open','closed','','202-revision-v1','','','2013-07-22 14:50:14','2013-07-22 18:50:14','',202,'http://itxdesign.com/202-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4653,1,'2012-04-23 13:28:31','2012-04-23 17:28:31','Privacy\r\nITX Design is strongly committed to protecting the privacy of its\' customers. Our primary goal is to contribute to providing a safe and secure web hosting environment for consumers and site visitors.\r\n\r\nDisclosure\r\nWe do not disclose information about your individual visits with any other company, vendor or partner. Information such as your name, address, email address, telephone numbers, etc. are gathered for the sole purpose of establishing an account for web services to include but not limited to web hosting, domain registration, etc...  ITX Design may share such information in response to any legal processes, such as a court order or subpoena, or in special cases such as a physical threat to you or others. Otherwise, this information is kept in secure confidentiality.\r\n\r\nInformation\r\nThe purpose of storing any personal information you may provide us when you visit our site or fill out any ITX Design forms, is to enable ITX Design to maintain communication with you. We will not sell, share, or give this information to any other company, vendor or parter. ITX Design will only disclose user information to the proper authorities, when we believe in good faith that the law requires it.\r\n\r\nBy using this site, you agree to the ITX Design Privacy Policy. If you do not agree to this policy, please do not use our site. Your continued use of the ITX Design site following the posting of changes to these terms will mean you accept those changes. ','Privacy Policy','','inherit','open','closed','','1065-revision-v1','','','2012-04-23 13:28:31','2012-04-23 17:28:31','',1065,'http://itxdesign.com/1065-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4654,1,'2014-01-22 19:25:56','2014-01-23 00:25:56','<strong>Privacy</strong>\r\nITX Design is strongly committed to protecting the privacy of its\' customers. Our primary goal is to contribute to providing a safe and secure web hosting environment for consumers and site visitors.\r\n\r\n<strong>Disclosure</strong>\r\nWe do not disclose information about your individual visits with any other company, vendor or partner. Information such as your name, address, email address, telephone numbers, etc. are gathered for the sole purpose of establishing an account for web services to include but not limited to web hosting, domain registration, etc... ITX Design may share such information in response to any legal processes, such as a court order or subpoena, or in special cases such as a physical threat to you or others. Otherwise, this information is kept in secure confidentiality.\r\n\r\n<strong>Information</strong>\r\nThe purpose of storing any personal information you may provide us when you visit our site or fill out any ITX Design forms, is to enable ITX Design to maintain communication with you. We will not sell, share, or give this information to any other company, vendor or parter. ITX Design will only disclose user information to the proper authorities, when we believe in good faith that the law requires it.\r\n\r\nBy using this site, you agree to the ITX Design Privacy Policy. If you do not agree to this policy, please do not use our site. Your continued use of the ITX Design site following the posting of changes to these terms will mean you accept those changes.','Privacy Policy','','inherit','open','closed','','1065-revision-v1','','','2014-01-22 19:25:56','2014-01-23 00:25:56','',1065,'http://itxdesign.com/1065-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4655,1,'2014-01-22 20:20:31','2014-01-23 01:20:31','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4656\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"lawyer-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/lawyer-websites.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"135\" />If You\'re a Lawyer, Do You Need a Website?</b>\r\n\r\nAs a new lawyer or one without a website, you might be wondering whether you need a website. Any business offering a service or a product needs a website. ITX Design can help with your new lawyer website.\r\n\r\n<b>Four Reasons Every Lawyer Needs a Website</b>\r\n\r\nOther than the obvious reason of putting your business in front of more people and finding new clients, there are many other reasons every lawyer needs their own website. Here are four of the top reasons to create a website for your law practice.\r\n\r\n<b>Easy way to Supply Your Information</b>\r\n\r\nWith a website, you can provide all the necessary information potential clients will need easily. Adding your URL to your business cards and making it possible to find your website with a search engine, makes it much easier for your clients to find information about you. This is vital considering more than half the people making decisions about services and products use the internet to gather information first.\r\n\r\n<b>Provides All Day, Every Day Access</b>\r\n\r\nYour law office may only be open from 9 to 5 each day and you may only be there for a portion of that time. The rest of the hours, potential clients only get a message when they call your phone line. However, if they can find you online, they can get all the necessary information and even contact you anytime of the day.\r\n\r\n<b>Trust and Credibility</b>\r\n\r\nWhen potential clients cannot find you online, they may not trust you if you don\'t have a website. However, if they can search for you with their favorite search engine and find your website, you will gain credibility quickly. In addition, you can list testimonials and references on your website and use a blog to build trust with potential clients.\r\n\r\n<b>Marketing Power<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4657\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"lawyer-website-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/lawyer-website-hosting.jpg\" width=\"354\" height=\"450\" /></b>\r\n\r\nMany law directories and websites are found online that will allow you to list your website address on their site. However, if you don\'t have a website, you cannot leverage the power of any online marketing. With a website, you can find many new clients every year and online marketing is often less expensive than offline marketing.\r\n\r\nThese are just a few of the many reasons every law office needs a website. Once you\'ve made the decision to create a website for your practice, it\'s time to decide whether you want to do it yourself or hire somebody to handle the design, content and coding.\r\n\r\n<b>Where Should You Start?</b>\r\n\r\nEvery lawyer website needs hosting. This is where you need to start. With the right hosting account, you will get all the tools to design your own website, such as site builders, top CMS choices and so much more. ITX Design provides the best possible hosting for your new lawyer website and will help you get started on the right track.\r\n\r\nIt doesn\'t matter if you plan to design the site yourself or you plan to hire somebody to handle the hard work for you, ITX Design hosting will provide the foundation you need. Hosting is vital to any website and you need to make sure your hosting is handled by a team of experts in the industry.\r\n\r\nAt ITX Design, we provide 24/7 technical support and we make sure your site is live 99.99% of the time. This is very important because if your site goes down, you may lose clients. With our professional support team and our 99.99% uptime guarantee, you won\'t have to worry about losing clients.\r\n\r\nAlong with the incredible support and uptime guarantee, ITX Hosting provides all kinds of tools. From design tools to marketing tools, you will find everything you need within the cPanel of your hosting account. Easily install the right CMS for your needs or use one of the free site builders to help you create your new lawyer website in just a few minutes. Once your site is live, just fill in the pages with the right content and you\'ll be on your way.\r\n\r\nHowever, it may be a good idea to consult with a professional web designer. With the help of an expert and hosting from ITX Design, your lawyer website will provide the right image for your law firm. Contact us today and find out more about the type of hosting you need for your firm\'s new website.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Lawyer Websites','','publish','open','closed','','lawyer-websites','','','2014-01-22 20:20:31','2014-01-23 01:20:31','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=4655',0,'post','',0),(4656,1,'2014-01-22 20:17:00','2014-01-23 01:17:00','','lawyer-websites','','inherit','open','closed','','lawyer-websites','','','2014-01-22 20:17:00','2014-01-23 01:17:00','',4655,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/lawyer-websites.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4657,1,'2014-01-22 20:20:03','2014-01-23 01:20:03','','lawyer-website-hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','lawyer-website-hosting','','','2014-01-22 20:20:03','2014-01-23 01:20:03','',4655,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/lawyer-website-hosting.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4658,1,'2014-01-22 20:20:31','2014-01-23 01:20:31','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4656\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"lawyer-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/lawyer-websites.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"135\" />If You\'re a Lawyer, Do You Need a Website?</b>\r\n\r\nAs a new lawyer or one without a website, you might be wondering whether you need a website. Any business offering a service or a product needs a website. ITX Design can help with your new lawyer website.\r\n\r\n<b>Four Reasons Every Lawyer Needs a Website</b>\r\n\r\nOther than the obvious reason of putting your business in front of more people and finding new clients, there are many other reasons every lawyer needs their own website. Here are four of the top reasons to create a website for your law practice.\r\n\r\n<b>Easy way to Supply Your Information</b>\r\n\r\nWith a website, you can provide all the necessary information potential clients will need easily. Adding your URL to your business cards and making it possible to find your website with a search engine, makes it much easier for your clients to find information about you. This is vital considering more than half the people making decisions about services and products use the internet to gather information first.\r\n\r\n<b>Provides All Day, Every Day Access</b>\r\n\r\nYour law office may only be open from 9 to 5 each day and you may only be there for a portion of that time. The rest of the hours, potential clients only get a message when they call your phone line. However, if they can find you online, they can get all the necessary information and even contact you anytime of the day.\r\n\r\n<b>Trust and Credibility</b>\r\n\r\nWhen potential clients cannot find you online, they may not trust you if you don\'t have a website. However, if they can search for you with their favorite search engine and find your website, you will gain credibility quickly. In addition, you can list testimonials and references on your website and use a blog to build trust with potential clients.\r\n\r\n<b>Marketing Power<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4657\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"lawyer-website-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/lawyer-website-hosting.jpg\" width=\"354\" height=\"450\" /></b>\r\n\r\nMany law directories and websites are found online that will allow you to list your website address on their site. However, if you don\'t have a website, you cannot leverage the power of any online marketing. With a website, you can find many new clients every year and online marketing is often less expensive than offline marketing.\r\n\r\nThese are just a few of the many reasons every law office needs a website. Once you\'ve made the decision to create a website for your practice, it\'s time to decide whether you want to do it yourself or hire somebody to handle the design, content and coding.\r\n\r\n<b>Where Should You Start?</b>\r\n\r\nEvery lawyer website needs hosting. This is where you need to start. With the right hosting account, you will get all the tools to design your own website, such as site builders, top CMS choices and so much more. ITX Design provides the best possible hosting for your new lawyer website and will help you get started on the right track.\r\n\r\nIt doesn\'t matter if you plan to design the site yourself or you plan to hire somebody to handle the hard work for you, ITX Design hosting will provide the foundation you need. Hosting is vital to any website and you need to make sure your hosting is handled by a team of experts in the industry.\r\n\r\nAt ITX Design, we provide 24/7 technical support and we make sure your site is live 99.99% of the time. This is very important because if your site goes down, you may lose clients. With our professional support team and our 99.99% uptime guarantee, you won\'t have to worry about losing clients.\r\n\r\nAlong with the incredible support and uptime guarantee, ITX Hosting provides all kinds of tools. From design tools to marketing tools, you will find everything you need within the cPanel of your hosting account. Easily install the right CMS for your needs or use one of the free site builders to help you create your new lawyer website in just a few minutes. Once your site is live, just fill in the pages with the right content and you\'ll be on your way.\r\n\r\nHowever, it may be a good idea to consult with a professional web designer. With the help of an expert and hosting from ITX Design, your lawyer website will provide the right image for your law firm. Contact us today and find out more about the type of hosting you need for your firm\'s new website.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Lawyer Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4655-revision-v1','','','2014-01-22 20:20:31','2014-01-23 01:20:31','',4655,'http://itxdesign.com/4655-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(5154,1,'2014-02-10 07:55:04','2014-02-10 12:55:04','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5115\" alt=\"wordpress-square-w-logo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/wordpress-square-w-logo.jpg\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />What are the Top 25 WordPress Plugins?</b>\r\n\r\nWordPress is one of the most powerful blogging platforms and content management systems available. It\'s by far the most popular and with the right WordPress plugins, you can make your website/blog function properly.\r\n\r\nComparing different WordPress plugins and what they can do for you, will help you choose the right ones for your needs. We are comparing the top 25 plugins to others in the same category, if available, to show you which ones are the best choices. Most of these plugins won\'t cost you a dime and as long as you have hosting with WordPress, you can use these plugins to create a better website/blog.\r\n\r\nHere\'s a look at the top 25 WordPress Plugins:\r\n<ol>\r\n	<li><a title=\"wordpress seo by yoast\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-seo-by-yoast/\">WordPress SEO by Yoast</a></li>\r\n	<li>Contact Form 7</li>\r\n	<li>All in One SEO Pack</li>\r\n	<li>WP-PageNavi</li>\r\n	<li>Jetpack by WordPress.com</li>\r\n	<li>WordPress Importer</li>\r\n	<li>Google XML Sitemaps</li>\r\n	<li>Akismet</li>\r\n	<li><a title=\"Better WP Security\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/better-wp-security/\">Better WP Security</a></li>\r\n	<li>NextGEN Gallery</li>\r\n	<li>WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce</li>\r\n	<li>Yet Another Related Posts Plugin (YARPP)</li>\r\n	<li>Google Analyticator</li>\r\n	<li>Wordfence Security</li>\r\n	<li>Captcha</li>\r\n	<li>TinyMCE Advanced</li>\r\n	<li>Advanced Custom Fields</li>\r\n	<li>Contact Form</li>\r\n	<li>Google Analytics Dashboard for WP</li>\r\n	<li>WP Super Cache</li>\r\n	<li>InfiniteWP Client</li>\r\n	<li>bbPress</li>\r\n	<li>NextScripts: Social Networks Auto-Poster</li>\r\n	<li>WP-Statistics</li>\r\n	<li>Google Sitemap</li>\r\n</ol>\r\nWhether you need better search engine optimization or you want to protect your blog from spam comments, there\'s a plugin for your needs. WordPress has thousands of plugins available to help you get the most out of your site/blog. Here are some of the benefits of using the right plugins for your WordPress site.\r\n\r\n<b>Seven Benefits from Top WordPress Plugins</b>\r\n\r\nWordPress plugins bring many benefits, depending on which ones you choose. Some automate sharing, while others provide security benefits. Top benefits from WordPress plugins include:\r\n\r\n<b>Automation</b>\r\n\r\nSome of the best plugins will automate the process of sharing your blog posts with Facebook, Twitter and other social profiles. This can be very helpful if you plan to schedule blog posts or if you want to save a little bit of time.\r\n\r\n<b>Tracking and Analytics</b>\r\n\r\nWith the right plugins, you can see who has been visiting your website and where they are coming from. This can help with new blog post ideas and with the direction of your blog.\r\n\r\n<b>Heightened Security and Performances</b>\r\n\r\nSome of the best WordPress plugins won\'t change the way your site looks or share blog posts. However, they are still very important. Some plugins will help to better secure your website and blog from hackers and viruses. Other plugins will help to speed up the load times of your website, which also provides SEO benefits.\r\n\r\n<b>Basic Functions</b>\r\n\r\nWordPress can do many things, but some of the basic functions need a little tweaking for specific projects. With the right WordPress plugins, you can change simple tasks, such as which pages show up in your main menu and what goes in your sidebar. These functions can be customized to fit your specific needs with some of the basic plugins.\r\n\r\n<b>No Coding Necessary</b>\r\n\r\nMaybe the most beneficial part of using WordPress and the top WordPress plugins is anybody can do it. You won\'t need to do any coding with the help of the plugins. They are easy to install and they will do just what you need without any HTML coding or any other type of coding.\r\n\r\n<b>Massive SEO Benefits</b>\r\n\r\nJust a couple of SEO plugins can provide massive benefits. You can automatically generate your sitemap and make sure the right tags, descriptions and titles are displayed for the search engines. Some of these plugins will even give you an SEO score to help make sure each post or page fits perfectly with your overall strategy.\r\n\r\n<b>Share Related Posts</b>\r\n\r\nHave you ever found a blog post with related posts listed below and wondered how they do it? If you were to do this by hand, it would take quite a bit of time. However, with the use of the right plugins, you can create a list of related posts or display them with an image, without doing anything more than installing and setting up the plugin.\r\n\r\nAll of these benefits and many more, come from the top 25 WordPress plugins. Of course, before you can use the best plugins, you need a domain, hosting and WordPress installed on our website.\r\n\r\nAt ITX Design, we provide WordPress free with every hosting account. It takes less than five minutes to get it installed on your domain name and our hosting packages start as low as $4.95 per month.','Top 25 WordPress Plugins','','inherit','open','closed','','5114-revision-v1','','','2014-02-10 07:55:04','2014-02-10 12:55:04','',5114,'http://itxdesign.com/5114-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4668,3,'2014-01-23 12:18:22','2014-01-23 17:18:22','<img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" alt=\"research\" width=\"300\" height=\"160\" class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4665\" /><b>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</b>\r\n\r\nWhenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border:0;padding:0\" /><b>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</b>\r\n\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<b>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</b>\r\n\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n\r\n<b>What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</b>\r\n\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 12:18:22','2014-01-23 17:18:22','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4669,3,'2014-01-23 12:19:39','2014-01-23 17:19:39','<b>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</b>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />\r\nWhenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" /><b>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</b>\r\n\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<b>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</b>\r\n\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n\r\n<b>What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</b>\r\n\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 12:19:39','2014-01-23 17:19:39','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4670,3,'2014-01-23 12:20:51','2014-01-23 17:20:51','<b>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</b>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" /><b>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</b>\r\n\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<b>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</b>\r\n\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n\r\n<b>What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</b>\r\n\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 12:20:51','2014-01-23 17:20:51','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4671,3,'2014-01-23 12:21:21','2014-01-23 17:21:21','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\n\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n\r\n<h4>What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\n\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 12:21:21','2014-01-23 17:21:21','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4672,3,'2014-01-23 12:31:03','2014-01-23 17:31:03','','KEEP-CALM','','inherit','open','closed','','keep-calm','','','2014-01-23 12:31:03','2014-01-23 17:31:03','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4673,3,'2014-01-23 12:31:14','2014-01-23 17:31:14','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM-212x300.png\" alt=\"KEEP-CALM\" width=\"212\" height=\"300\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4672\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\n\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n\r\n<h4>What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\n\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 12:31:14','2014-01-23 17:31:14','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4674,3,'2014-01-23 12:33:26','2014-01-23 17:33:26','','KEEP-CALM','','inherit','open','closed','','keep-calm-2','','','2014-01-23 12:33:26','2014-01-23 17:33:26','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4675,3,'2014-01-23 12:33:52','2014-01-23 17:33:52','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\n\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" alt=\"read the battles\" width=\"260\" height=\"300\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4674\" style=\"border:0;padding:0\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\n\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n\r\n<h4>What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\n\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 12:33:52','2014-01-23 17:33:52','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4676,3,'2014-01-23 12:34:07','2014-01-23 17:34:07','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"160\" height=\"184\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4>What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 12:34:07','2014-01-23 17:34:07','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4677,3,'2014-01-23 12:34:18','2014-01-23 17:34:18','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4>What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 12:34:18','2014-01-23 17:34:18','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4678,3,'2014-01-23 12:34:38','2014-01-23 17:34:38','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4>What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 12:34:38','2014-01-23 17:34:38','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4679,3,'2014-01-23 12:34:55','2014-01-23 17:34:55','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear:both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 12:34:55','2014-01-23 17:34:55','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4680,3,'2014-01-23 12:39:50','2014-01-23 17:39:50','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" style=\"border:0;padding:0\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear:both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 12:39:50','2014-01-23 17:39:50','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4693,3,'2014-01-23 16:32:35','2014-01-23 21:32:35','','shared-hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','shared-hosting','','','2014-01-23 16:32:35','2014-01-23 21:32:35','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4682,3,'2014-01-23 13:39:28','2014-01-23 18:39:28','','reseller-hosting-solutions','','inherit','open','closed','','reseller-hosting-solutions','','','2014-01-23 13:39:28','2014-01-23 18:39:28','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting-solutions.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4683,3,'2014-01-23 13:39:58','2014-01-23 18:39:58','','vps-hosting-solutions','','inherit','open','closed','','vps-hosting-solutions','','','2014-01-23 13:39:58','2014-01-23 18:39:58','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting-solutions.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4684,3,'2014-01-23 13:40:23','2014-01-23 18:40:23','','dedicated-server-solutions','','inherit','open','closed','','dedicated-server-solutions','','','2014-01-23 13:40:23','2014-01-23 18:40:23','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-server-solutions.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4753,3,'2014-01-24 11:30:37','2014-01-24 16:30:37','','reseller-hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','reseller-hosting-2','','','2014-01-24 11:30:37','2014-01-24 16:30:37','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4754,3,'2014-01-24 11:30:38','2014-01-24 16:30:38','','vps-hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','vps-hosting-4','','','2014-01-24 11:30:38','2014-01-24 16:30:38','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4685,3,'2014-01-23 13:41:06','2014-01-23 18:41:06','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" style=\"border:0;padding:0\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear:both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"shared web hosting solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0;\" class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4681\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"reseller web hosting solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4682\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"VPS Hosting Solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4683\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-server-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"dedicated server solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4684\" /></a>','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 13:41:06','2014-01-23 18:41:06','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4686,3,'2014-01-23 13:41:36','2014-01-23 18:41:36','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" style=\"border:0;padding:0\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear:both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"shared web hosting solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0;\" class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4681\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"reseller web hosting solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4682\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"VPS Hosting Solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4683\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-server-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"dedicated server solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4684\" /></a>','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 13:41:36','2014-01-23 18:41:36','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4752,3,'2014-01-24 11:30:36','2014-01-24 16:30:36','','dedicated-servers','','inherit','open','closed','','dedicated-servers-2','','','2014-01-24 11:30:36','2014-01-24 16:30:36','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-servers.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4687,3,'2014-01-23 13:42:43','2014-01-23 18:42:43','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" style=\"border:0;padding:0\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear:both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"shared web hosting solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0 -2px;\" class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4681\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"reseller web hosting solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0 -2px;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4682\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"VPS Hosting Solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0 -2px;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4683\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-server-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"dedicated server solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0 -2px;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4684\" /></a>','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 13:42:43','2014-01-23 18:42:43','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4688,3,'2014-01-23 13:43:09','2014-01-23 18:43:09','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" alt=\"research\" style=\"border:0;padding:0\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear:both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"shared web hosting solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0 -3px;\" class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4681\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"reseller web hosting solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0 -3px;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4682\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"VPS Hosting Solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0 -3px;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4683\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-server-solutions.jpg\" alt=\"dedicated server solutions\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" style=\"border:0;padding:0; margin: 0 -3px;\"  class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4684\" /></a>','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 13:43:09','2014-01-23 18:43:09','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4689,3,'2014-01-23 13:44:02','2014-01-23 18:44:02','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear: both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4681\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px;\" alt=\"shared web hosting solutions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting-solutions.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4682\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px;\" alt=\"reseller web hosting solutions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting-solutions.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4683\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px;\" alt=\"VPS Hosting Solutions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting-solutions.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4684\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px;\" alt=\"dedicated server solutions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-server-solutions.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a>','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 13:44:02','2014-01-23 18:44:02','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4755,3,'2014-01-24 11:32:13','2014-01-24 16:32:13','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear: both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4693\" alt=\"shared hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting.jpg\" alt=\"reseller-hosting\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4753\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting.jpg\" alt=\"vps-hosting\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4754\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-servers.jpg\" alt=\"dedicated servers\" width=\"237\" height=\"166\" class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4752\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a>\r\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 11:32:13','2014-01-24 16:32:13','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4690,3,'2014-01-23 13:44:35','2014-01-23 18:44:35','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear: both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4681\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"shared web hosting solutions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting-solutions.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4682\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"reseller web hosting solutions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting-solutions.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4683\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"VPS Hosting Solutions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting-solutions.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4684\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"dedicated server solutions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-server-solutions.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><div class=\"clear\"></div>','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 13:44:35','2014-01-23 18:44:35','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4691,1,'2014-01-23 15:06:58','2014-01-23 20:06:58','<b>Types of Shared Web Hosting</b>\r\n\r\nShared hosting can help with many different projects. Whether you plan to start a simple blog or your project includes setting up a forum, you can use shared hosting from ITX Design for your online project.\r\n\r\nThe features provided with shared website hosting give you everything you need. With this inexpensive hosting, you can set up a PrestaShop website, a WordPress blog or a number of other types of web projects.\r\n\r\nBelow are a number of different types of hosting provided with our shared hosting packages.\r\n\r\n<a title=\"Project Management Hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/project-management-hosting/\"><strong>Project Management Hosting</strong></a>\r\n\r\nMaybe you need the best shared web hosting for project management. Any of these choices will provide you with the right solution for all your online project management needs.\r\n<ul class=\"menu\" id=\"menu-forum-hosting\">\r\n	<li><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/eyeos-hosting/\">eyeOS Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/qdpm-hosting/\">qdPM Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dotproject-hosting/\">dotProject Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/collabtive-hosting/\">Collabtive Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/feng-office-hosting/\">Feng Office Hosting</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThe most popular project management hosting is eyeOS or Feng Office, but all five of these options provide an excellent foundation.\r\n\r\n<a title=\"Forum Hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/forum-hosting/\"><strong>Forum Hosting</strong></a>\r\n\r\nSetting up a forum may seem like a huge task, but with the right shared hosting it becomes very easy. ITX Design provides all of the following options for your forum hosting needs.\r\n<ul class=\"menu\" id=\"menu-forum-hosting\">\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1688\" id=\"menu-item-1688\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/phpbb-hosting/\">phpBB Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1657\" id=\"menu-item-1657\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/invision-hosting/\">Invision Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1689\" id=\"menu-item-1689\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vbulletin-hosting/\">vBulletin Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1691\" id=\"menu-item-1691\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/mybb-hosting/\">MyBB Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1678\" id=\"menu-item-1678\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/bbpress-hosting/\">BBPress Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1677\" id=\"menu-item-1677\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/advanced-electron-hosting/\">Advanced Electron Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1690\" id=\"menu-item-1690\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/simple-machines-hosting/\">Simple Machines Hosting</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\nVBulletin provides a great option for your forum and phpBB is another very popular choice.\r\n\r\n<a title=\"Video Hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/video-hosting/\"><strong>Video Hosting</strong></a>\r\n\r\nWhen you need to host multiple videos on your site, you need the right hosting capable of handling this type of web project. A shared hosting package from ITX Design will provide just what you need. Here are the top choices.\r\n<ul class=\"menu\" id=\"menu-video-hosting\">\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1560\" id=\"menu-item-1560\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/ffmpeg-hosting/\">FFmpeg Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1781\" id=\"menu-item-1781\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/clipbucket-hosting/\">ClipBucket Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1789\" id=\"menu-item-1789\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vidiscript-hosting/\">VidiScript Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1802\" id=\"menu-item-1802\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/cumulusclips-hosting/\">CumulusClips Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1809\" id=\"menu-item-1809\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/videodb-hosting/\">VideoDB Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1818\" id=\"menu-item-1818\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/prismotube-express-hosting/\">Prismotube Express Hosting</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAny of these six choices will provide a good foundation for your video hosting needs.\r\n\r\n<a title=\"cms and blog hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/cms-and-blog-hosting/\"><strong>CMS &amp; Blog Hosting</strong></a>\r\n\r\nThe most popular CMS or content management system can make a huge difference when setting up your new blog. WordPress is by far the most popular, but it\'s not the only choice. At ITX Design, we offer shared hosting for the following CMS options.\r\n<ul class=\"menu\" id=\"menu-cms-blog-hosting\">\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1562\" id=\"menu-item-1562\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/joomla-hosting/\">Joomla Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1563\" id=\"menu-item-1563\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-hosting/\">WordPress Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1570\" id=\"menu-item-1570\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/drupal-hosting/\">Drupal Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1644\" id=\"menu-item-1644\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/serendipity-hosting/\">Serendipity Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-1645\" id=\"menu-item-1645\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/open-blog-hosting/\">Open Blog Hosting</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\nMost bloggers choose WordPress over all the other options. However, some will prefer Joomla or Drupal for their new blog.\r\n\r\n<a title=\"ecommerce hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/e-commerce-hosting/\"><strong>E-Commerce Hosting</strong></a>\r\n\r\nMaybe your plan includes opening an e-commerce site ready to process orders from visitors. Any of the following options will work well with shared web hosting.\r\n<ul class=\"menu\" id=\"menu-ecommerce-hosting\">\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-2267\" id=\"menu-item-2267\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/magento-hosting/\">Magento Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-2208\" id=\"menu-item-2208\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/miva-merchant/\">Miva Merchant Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-2268\" id=\"menu-item-2268\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/opencart-hosting/\">OpenCart Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-2224\" id=\"menu-item-2224\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/oscommerce-hosting/\">osCommerce Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-2228\" id=\"menu-item-2228\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/prestashop-hosting/\">PrestaShop Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-2286\" id=\"menu-item-2286\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/woocommerce-hosting/\">WooCommerce Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li class=\"menu-item menu-item-type-post_type menu-item-object-page menu-item-2281\" id=\"menu-item-2281\"><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/zen-cart-hosting/\">Zen Cart Hosting</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\nSetting up your e-commerce site doesn\'t have to be hard. Zen Cart, Magento and Miva Merchant all provide excellent options for your e-commerce site.\r\n\r\n<strong><a title=\"Image Hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/image-hosting/\">Image Hosting</a></strong>\r\n\r\nHosting a large number of images requires the right type of shared hosting. At ITX Design, we support all of the following types of image hosting.\r\n<ul class=\"menu\" id=\"menu-forum-hosting\">\r\n	<li><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/zenphoto-hosting/\">ZenPhoto Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/tinywebgallery-hosting/\">TinyWebGallery Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/piwigo-hosting/\">Piwigo Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/gallery-hosting/\">Gallery Hosting</a></li>\r\n	<li><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/coppermine-hosting/\">Coppermine Hosting</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\nHosting a website with numerous images is easy with ZenPhoto and Gallery. Both of these are very popular hosting choices for images.\r\n\r\nShared hosting works for about 95% of website projects. With three options for your hosting from ITX Design, you can get the right package to support all of your online websites.\r\n\r\n<a title=\"ddos hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/ddos-hosting/\">DDOS Hosting</a> and <a title=\"ddos protection\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/ddos-protected-hosting/\">DDOS Protected Hosting</a>.','Application Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','3893-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 15:06:58','2014-01-23 20:06:58','',3893,'http://itxdesign.com/3893-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4694,3,'2014-01-23 16:33:07','2014-01-23 21:33:07','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear: both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4693\" alt=\"shared hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4682\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"reseller web hosting solutions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting-solutions.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4683\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"VPS Hosting Solutions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting-solutions.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4684\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"dedicated server solutions\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-server-solutions.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a>\r\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 16:33:07','2014-01-23 21:33:07','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4695,1,'2014-01-23 16:49:12','2014-01-23 21:49:12','<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-2110\" alt=\"wordpress-easy-setup-geats\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wordpress-easy-setup-geats.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>ITX Design <strong>WordPress</strong> setup is an easy to use feature from ITX Design that will give you access to one of the most powerful online content management systems, while sparing you the task of configuring the nitty gritty details that go along with many online platforms. ITX Design\'s <a title=\"wordpress hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-hosting/\">WordPress Hosting</a> is one of the most attractive features from ITX Design, in addition to the company\'s track record for very high uptime, great server response times, top of the line customer service, and affordable pricing.\r\n\r\nA lot of people enjoy WordPress for many reasons and being able to use it with ITX Design is really a bonus. The ease of WordPress is great and once you have it set up then you can start building the site that you want. When you are first starting your website it can be overwhelming. You might have issues and might even find it impossible to do but WordPress just makes it easy for everyone.  There are other content management systems like Joomla, however when you put them head to head with <a title=\"joomla vs wordpress\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-joomla-is-there-any-question-about-which-cms-is-best/\">Joomla vs  Wordress</a>, WordPress definitely comes out on top.\r\n\r\nWordPress is used by Bloggers and by people that own websites and even used by some major companies because of the setup being easy. There are other webhosting companies out there that will have it on their site for you to set up but with ITX Design it really is just very simple and that\'s why many people enjoy going there instead of somewhere else. There are many other reasons as to why people decide to setup their site with WordPress and why they pick ITX Design as their hosting. Below you will see a lot of reasons as to why people use ITX Design and will also understand more of the setup. The Setup is something that won\'t take very long and after everything is done then you can go on and start with your website and get it published out for the world to see it.\r\n\r\nIn case you are wondering what WordPress is, I will give you a brief overview, and then list my favorite three reasons to go with the ITX Design WordPress Hosting.\r\n\r\n<strong>The Ease of ITX Design Hosting with WordPress</strong>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-2111\" alt=\"make-it-easy\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/make-it-easy.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"95\" />What is WordPress all about exactly? WordPress is an open source content management system (CMS), and one of the ubiquitous blogging and web development platforms in the world. It allows users to easily create, edit, and manage content without needing a detailed knowledge of highly technical coding languages.\r\n\r\nWith the ITX Design WordPress setup, you can quickly and easily install the self-hosted version of WordPress on your own server. This will give you full access to the WordPress dashboard. The WordPress dashboard makes it easy for you to edit posts, pages, and change settings across the entire site.\r\n\r\nWordPress is far superior to simple HTML or flash-based websites because any changes you make in the site settings are reflected across the entire site. For example, if you change a link in the menu bar on a single page, the menu bar links will change site wide. This saves you the hassle of manually changing every link across the site. If you\'re looking for a simple, but powerful content management solution, WordPress is the way to go.\r\n\r\n<strong>Three Quick Reasons Why you Should use the WordPress ITX Design Hosting<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-2112\" alt=\"nuber-3-reasons\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nuber-3-reasons.jpg\" width=\"99\" height=\"168\" /></strong>\r\n\r\n1. It\'s so simple to use, anyone can do it - ITX Design makes it incredibly easy to setup WordPress on your domain. Anyone has the ability to set it up in just moments and be building and managing your website in less than 5 minutes. This definitely cannot be said of all platforms, but the ITX Design WordPress setup will have you up and off the ground in almost no time at all. When I say that anyone can use it, I really do mean anyone. Children could even set this up because of it being so easy to do.\r\n\r\n2. It\'s so affordable, and anyone can pay for it - The ITX Design WordPress setup won\'t cost you anything beyond what you pay for your hosting account. It is included in the purchase price of your hosting account from ITX Design. This means, it is basically free, as long as you have hosting from ITX Design. A lot of places you\'ll find don\'t happen to be this cheap and that\'s why sometimes people use it. It\'s important to try and watch after your money when you are just starting out and not spend all of it at once.\r\n\r\n3. WordPress is a big part of the future of the Internet - Content is driving countless online industries today. Content marketing is a completely new industry that has emerged over the past decade, as consumers are increasingly hungry for informative and relative content. The platform to manage all that content is just as important as the content itself, and that\'s where WordPress and similar content management systems come in.\r\n\r\nWith the ITX Design WordPress setup, you are positioning yourself to manage content and remain relative over an extended period of time, in an industry of relentless change. Don\'t forget that change is always happening these days and that\'s all of the more reason as to why you should look for ways to stay ahead and move on. You don\'t want to fall behind with technology always changing and you should continue to make sure that you\'re staying on top of things. This might require you doing some research but it\'s always the best thing to do when you have a website so that way you\'re always ahead and know that your website will succeed. You\'ll feel very good when your website is taking off and will be amazed as to how easy everything really was to do.\r\n\r\nThere you have it, which is why I think that a ITX Design WordPress hosting is the way to go. Weigh your options, but when push comes to shove, don\'t ignore the power of Internet to make your voice heard. Choose a quality hosting provider and a solid content management system, and you\'ll be on the right path to ruling the web. If you choose the ITX Design WordPress setup, you will have exactly what you need.\r\n\r\n<strong>Choosing WordPress Hosting Package for your Blog</strong>\r\n\r\n<strong><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-2113\" alt=\"easy-install-setup-wordpress\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/easy-install-setup-wordpress.jpg\" width=\"150\" height=\"168\" /></a>The WordPress Hosting Package for the Beginner</strong>\r\nGetting the right WordPress hosting package can make a very big difference when you\'re trying to put up a blog. This can also help the beginner put up a blog or a website very quick and very easy. When you have the right tools to help you with design, content management, and many other tasks it makes it very easy to create your blog or website in record time.\r\n\r\nWordPress is preferred by top bloggers and it is also preferred by many webmasters. This is simply because it gives you all the tools to make design very easy and you can make it very functional as well. WordPress is known as a content management system and getting WordPress hosting package will give you access to use this system.\r\n\r\nThe best WordPress hosting package will come from the top hosting companies like ITX Design. They are not the only choice out there for your WordPress hosting however. There are many companies that now offer the WordPress content management system for your blogging and website design need. Here are a few ways you can find the best choice for your project.\r\n\r\n<strong>WordPress Hosting Package – Your Best Choice</strong>\r\nThe best choice for your WordPress hosting is ITX Design!','Rule the Web with ITX Design WordPress Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','2109-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 16:49:12','2014-01-23 21:49:12','',2109,'http://itxdesign.com/2109-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4696,1,'2014-01-23 16:49:52','2014-01-23 21:49:52','<strong><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-1867\" alt=\"blog-chalk-board\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/blog-chalk-board.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"154\" /></a>How to Start a Blog - Starting with Hosting</strong>\r\nIf you want to know how to start a blog you have to start by choosing the right blog hosting. Without a good blog host you are going to have struggles with getting the blog up on the platform you want and getting it to look the way you want it to look. There are many things to consider when you plan to put up a blog, but hosting is where you have to start.  Many will consider using blog hosting that is free, but you should know that even the cheapest website hosting will work better as a blog host than free hosting will. You want to be able to put your blog on your own domain name and when you use platforms like Blogger, which is free, you simply cannot do this. You need to have your own blog host and your own domain name.\r\n\r\nLearning how to start a blog is an important part of internet marketing or marketing a business website. This gives you a way to keep your customers and followers updates very easily on what is going on with your website, blog, or company. This is why it is important that you have a good blog host from the beginning and you have all the options you need right from the start.\r\n\r\nYou have many choices and most internet marketers prefer <a title=\"wordpress hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-hosting/\">WordPress hosting</a> for their blog, but you can also choose <a title=\"joomla hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/joomla-hosting/\">Joomla hosting</a>, PHP hosting, or even Windows hosting. For a comparison of the two applications you can review <a title=\"joomla vs wordpress\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-joomla-is-there-any-question-about-which-cms-is-best/\">joomla vs wordpress</a> which outlines the features and benefits of each application. The main thing is that you have to have a blog host that you are comfortable with and confident about choosing.\r\n\r\n<strong>The 5 Necessary Steps for How to Start a Blog</strong>\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-1865 alignright\" alt=\"5-steps-to-blogging\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/5-steps-to-blogging.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />1. Hosting\r\n\r\nThis has already been discussed very thoroughly, but there are still a few thoughts that are important. If you want to be able to customize your blog and you want to be able to make it look the way you want it to look, then you want either <a title=\"wordpress hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\">WordPress</a> hosting or Joomla hosting. Nearly all of the hosts in the top 10 hosting companies are going to supply you with what is called <a title=\"fantastico software\" href=\"https://netenberg.com/fantastico.php\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"nofollow\">Fantastico</a>.\r\n\r\nFantastico is a script that allows you to automatically install WordPress and in many cases Joomla as well. This is how you get WordPress hosting or Joomla hosting and with either one you will be able to customize your blog however you want. If you want to learn how to start a blog properly you need to start with either WordPress hosting or Joomla hosting.\r\n\r\n2. Domain Name\r\n\r\nYou will need your own domain name when you are learning how to start a blog simply because this makes your blog more branded and it will rank better in the search engines. If you use a free blog platform like Blogger you will get a domain that looks something like MyFancyBlog.blogspot.com instead of having MyFancyBlog.com.\r\n\r\nThis does not benefit you very much and you are actually hosting your blog on a sub domain of blogspot.com. Sure you can rank with a free blog on Blogger, but not as easy as you can with your own domain name. Some of the top 10 hosting companies will actually give you a free domain name with your blog hosting when you pay for a year upfront.\r\n\r\n3. Platform\r\n\r\nChoosing the platform for your blog is a big deal and you want to either go with WordPress or Joomla. These are the two platforms that many bloggers prefer. Many will say that WordPress is easier to learn how to use, but others prefer Joomla because of the way it is set up. They are both strong options and it is really up to you to research them and choose the one that will fit you best.\r\n\r\nMost of the blog hosting companies you will find will give you the option for both of them. As long as they give you the Fantastico script, and nearly all of the top 10 hosting companies will, then you will have both of these choices. When you are learning how to start a blog you have to learn how to use one of these two platforms.\r\n\r\n4. Design\r\n\r\nAfter you have your blog host, a domain name for your blog, and you have chosen a platform it is time to design your blog. If you use WordPress you can use one of the custom themes that is either free or paid for. This is a great way to get a quick start on the design of your blog and make it look very professional.\r\n\r\nYou can also use widgets to help you with the layout of the blog that you are putting up. There are many instructional videos that are free and many articles as well that are free on how to use the different parts of WordPress to make your blog look great. This is a very important step in how to start a blog so make sure your blog looks the way you want it to look before moving forward.\r\n\r\n5. Adding Content\r\n\r\nThere are two basic options for adding content when you are learning how to start a blog. You can add what is known as a page or you can add what is known as a post. A page is going to typically show up across the top of your blog as a permanent link, whereas a post will show up under recent posts for a little while, then will be archived.\r\n\r\nYou want your pages to be more like a \"contact us\", an \"about us\", a \"privacy policy\", and maybe a few content pages that promote products or services that you make money from. Your posts can be about anything and they should all be centered around one specific keyword phrase that will help you get ranked on the search engines and get more traffic to your blog.\r\n\r\n<strong>What Else Should you Know About How to Start a Blog?</strong>\r\nThis short guide is only the tip of the iceberg for how to start a blog and there are many other things you can learn. The key is that you want to get your blog up and running first before you overwhelm yourself with learning things like how to use plugins, monetizing your blog, and using proper search engine optimization on your blog.\r\n\r\nThese are all important things and there have been many very long and extensive guides written about how to start a blog. The five steps above will get you started and can help you get your blog up and running. However, you really need to have more information and you need to take it one step at a time.\r\n\r\nGet your blog up and running first by choosing a good blog host that either has WordPress hosting or Joomla hosting. Then, get a domain name and choose a platform. After you have made it that far you can design your blog, add a little content, and start to learn some of the more advanced strategies of how to start a blog.\r\n\r\n<strong>The Three Most Important Things You Need to Make Your Own Blog</strong>\r\n<strong><img class=\"size-full wp-image-1866 alignleft\" alt=\"3-things-to-do-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/3-things-to-do-hosting.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" /></strong><strong>Make Your Own Blog - The First Thing You Need</strong>\r\nIf you want to make your own blog you have to have great blog hosting. This is where you start because hosting is by far the most important thing you can do for your blog. There are many ways to go about getting the best blog hosting and you just have to know what it is going to take to find the hosting company that is going to be the best blog host for you.\r\n\r\nThe first thing you have to understand is that you have a few different types of hosting you simply should not use at all. These are very bad for your blog and if you are trying to make money you will not be able to make it when you are dealing with the cheapest website hosting or the free hosting like Google web hosting.  The cheapest website hosting is something you have to avoid as well because this type of blog hosting is going to be very limited. You may get plenty of space and you may even have the control to use your own domain name, but they are not going to give you the right support or the best servers for your hosting. This is not the blog host you want to be dealing with.\r\n\r\nThe blog hosting you do want to go after is going to come from the list of the top ten hosting companies. This is where you are going to find the best blog host for you and the type of hosting that you can actually use with confidence. You will want to compare at least three different types of blog hosts just to make sure you get one that you will work well with.\r\n\r\n<strong>Make Your Own Blog - The Second Thing You Need</strong>\r\nYou want to find a domain name that is a .com or a .net and includes one of your main keywords for your subject. This will help you to get the ranking you need with your blog posts and you need to make sure you get the right domain or you will struggle with your blog. You need a domain name that fits your blog and the subject of it.\r\n\r\nYou should try to find a domain name when you make your own blog that is either three or four words long and not any longer. This will make it very easy to remember and it will also make it very easy to rank on Google and other search engines. This means that you get more traffic and that means more money for you as well.\r\n\r\nHaving a great domain name is something that can make or break you. If you get blog hosting from one of the top web hosting companies you will most likely be able to get a domain name for free. This is, of course, if you pay for a full year of hosting up front and this is not a bad deal since you need both hosting and a domain name.\r\n\r\n<strong>Make Your Own Blog - The Third Thing You Need</strong>\r\nThe third thing you need if you want to make your own blog is you need to have a platform that is easy to use and is going to give you the options you need. This should be a platform that you can use over and over again and will allow you to make your blog look the way you need it to look and function the way you need it to function.\r\n\r\nThe best two platforms are WordPress and Joomla. These both come with the Fantastico script and either one of them will give you what you need for your blog. This will allow you to customize your blog and you will also be able to make money from it with the tools that you will get. WordPress is known as an easier platform to learn and many prefer WordPress over Joomla.\r\n\r\nYou will want to make sure you are looking through the best blog hosts and the top ten hosting options to see which ones have the Fantastico script because if you don\'t have a blog host that gives you this took you will not be able to use either of the best blog platforms at all. When you try to make your own blog you have to have a great platform so choose your hosting wisely.','5 Steps on How to Start a Blog','','inherit','open','closed','','1864-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 16:49:52','2014-01-23 21:49:52','',1864,'http://itxdesign.com/1864-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4697,1,'2014-01-23 16:50:29','2014-01-23 21:50:29','<strong>Why ITX Design VPS Hosting is Better than Most\r\n</strong>\r\n\r\n<strong><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-1843\" alt=\"cloud-vps-computing-hands\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/cloud-vps-computing-hands.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Choosing ITX Design VPS Hosting is a Great Way to Go</strong>\r\nBusinesses that need ITX Design <a title=\"VPS Hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\">VPS hosting</a> can use it to meet their business hosting requirements. When a business needs fast and secure web hosting, they should use a VPS for their business. Small to large businesses can look at ITX Design\'s VPS Solutions to identify the benefits of this service. There are 3 primary VPS plans that individuals can choose from with ITX Design VPS hosting. This hosting offers enough options to fulfill every business hosting need.\r\n\r\n<strong>ITX Design Coupon Code - Save 20% with this code: twitter</strong>\r\n\r\nIT experts will use ITX Design VPS hosting as a simple way to launch a VPS with their host. Businesses can start with the intro package and then upgrade their plan as their business develops. The ITX Design reviews discuss how this hosting is personalized and highly developed with software options that the business needs. Individuals can personalize their VPS hosting package as if it was their own host. This is a good benefit for entrepreneurs who don\'t want the expense of <a title=\"dedicated server hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\">dedicated hosting</a>, but need the benefits.\r\n\r\n<strong>Why ITX Design VPS Hosting can Help your Business</strong>\r\nThe software is simple to use, and it gives you an optional dashboard for easy management of your <a title=\"vps hosting service\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\">VPS hosting</a> account.  ITX Design VPS hosting also offers a free firewall with every VPS program that a business selects. Updating it is simple, with the new kernelless updating feature that\'s included. Entrepreneurs can make their own website or they can select a design from many templates available that ITX Design provides. They also provide a wide range of programs that are super simple to set up on websites.\r\n\r\nITX Design VPS hosting also provides a Gigabit uplink with an assured connection, and several levels of security for networks. They have a network of internet offers to choose from, and they have redundant networks and failover technologies in place. They use HVAC systems, backup devices, and an outstanding data center to ensure there is little to no recovery time during emergencies. Businesses will get personalized component features, fantastic web host components, error-tolerance, and enterprise level hard drives.\r\n\r\nEvery VPS hosting account comes with endless domains, regular backup, endless e-mail accounts, endless sub-domains, and free site-building software. ITX Design also offers full main or root access, private labels for hosts, endless FTP accounts, and endless SQL databases. Individuals can sign-up a new website for a small fee, or move a current one to the hosting business for free. There are three user dashboard options for individuals to run their VPS hosting account. In the three VPS plans, owners can choose a semi-controlled account or a completely managed VPS server.\r\n\r\n<strong>Your Decision to Get ITX Design VPS Hosting</strong><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-1844\" alt=\"vps-cloud-computing\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/vps-cloud-computing.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" /></a>\r\nMore individuals seem to be using ITX Design to develop and start their websites. Discussion boards talk about the many templates that individuals can choose from when they\'re developing their websites. ITX Design provides many VPS hosting programs for small to big businesses. When individuals are looking for more details on VPS hosting programs, they can look in to ITX Design Reviews section.\r\n\r\nTherefore, if you\'re looking for trusted and cost-effective VPS hosting, you should choose ITX Design for it has already proven in the world of web hosting. By doing this, you\'re not only guaranteed of top excellent service, but efficient outcomes, which can be very valuable to your website and can only be found with ITX Design VPS hosting.\r\n\r\n<strong>Getting the Right ITX Design Coupons and Reviews</strong>\r\nGetting the best ITX Design coupons and reviews is not all that hard, if you know where to look. There are many choices out there to help you with and you have to know that ITX Design provides the best discounts for reliable, cheap, and affordable web hosting services. Our reviews of its hosting plans, coupons, value-added resellers, VPS, dedicated servers and more will give you all necessary information about ITX Design and its maintenance. Those that have used ITX Design for over one year, are still impressed with the performance of this company and services it provides.\r\n\r\nThere are plenty of website hosting corporations out there, ITX Design however is obviously the most well liked of them. There are plenty of reasons for this so it is easily worth having a look at them for your hosting wishes. They offer one or two different sorts of hosting accounts so you should experience no trouble finding the perfect plan for your wishes. The most often used service from ITX Design is their multi-user hosts. Mostly folks select to employ them because they offer a low cost.\r\n\r\nThat said, it is a good price and it is completely incomprehensible if they\'re not trusty but you will find that ITX Design has awesome service and a great reputation. The situation isn\'t a problem as ITX Design offers one of the most trusty hosting services around. The rationale that they can offer it at such a decent price is thanks to the great number of clients they have. This gives them an economy of scale that their competition can\'t match.\r\n\r\nLots of individuals who build web sites will have a few of them which is the main reason why keeping the price of hosting down is so critical. If you have many sites the pricetag can truly add up. One choice to keep the price down is by using as reseller account. This is something that ITX Design offers so that folks can sell hosting to others online. That having been said, the great majority of people use these accounts only to permit them to build heaps of sites for a low cost.\r\n\r\nFrequently the hosting can come to less than a greenback a month with these accounts if you happen to have got a lot of sites. While most individuals use ITX Design as an inexpensive option for their little sites the company does also provide a dedicated server for folk who want it. This is targeted typically at enterprises that get plenty of traffic to their web site. They offer 1 or 2 different packages dependent on how huge your website is so you\'ll be capable of finding the ideal server for your business. One of the newest trends in the website hosting business is a VPS an area in which ITX Design has quickly established itself as a leader.\r\n\r\nThe benefit of a V. P. S is that it gives you the majority of the advantages that you would get from a dedicated server at a small slice of the cost. It\'s an ideal option for folk who\'ve sites that aren\'t sufficiently big to need a dedicated server but still require the other benefits that one offers.\r\n\r\nITX Design is one of the most reliable web hosting companies on the Internet today. This is the only company that can boast a 99.9 percent up-time guarantee on their servers and actually provide it. Most of the ITX Design coupons and reviews we have read have talked about how this guarantee is actually able to provide exactly what is necessary for your hosting.\r\n\r\n<strong>ITX Design Coupons and Reviews for The Best Hosting</strong>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/joomla-vs-wordpress-for-the-beginner/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-1369\" alt=\"Wordpress VS Joomla\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/wordpress-vs-joomla.png\" width=\"350\" height=\"90\" /></a>When considering ITX Design we also noticed that, it has excellent customer service. All queries we read about ITX Design state how treat they are and they give you the platforms, like cPanel, MySQL, and more. You get scripts like WordPress, Joomla, Drupal, and more to help out as well. The best part is the 24/7 support you get from the company. Additionally, ITX Design takes the time to review applications like <a title=\"joomla vs wordpress\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-joomla-is-there-any-question-about-which-cms-is-best/\">Joomla vs Wordpress</a>, and other blogging battles like <a title=\"wordpress vs drupal\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-drupal-a-clear-choice-for-the-majority-of-websites/\">Wordpress vs Drupal</a>.\r\n\r\nITX Design also provide their customers with tools that can help them build their own websites. They provide you with a free Builder Web site (Site Builder and Site Studio), and more than 4,500 free website templates. Some of the categories include communication technology, computer technology, dentists, driver training, education, electricity, electronics, employment agencies, agriculture, finance, Artists, fitness centers, flowers and gardening, food and beverages, web hosting, web design, Wedding, and Women\'s Health Clinic, to name a few.\r\n\r\nYou have approximately one hundred twenty-six categories to choose from. They provide your site with a professional look you\'ve always wanted without having to pay a web page designer, a lot of money to create your personal website. You can do this on your own without any technical skills in the web design area.\r\n\r\n<strong>The Best of the ITX Design Coupons and Reviews</strong>\r\nYou can also find various tutorials on ITX Design on various subjects such as the creation of accounts FTP, using webmail, the creation of add-on, change the password C Group, a subdomain, backup and restore your site using the File Manager, create MySQL database and the user database that allows you to hotlink protection, using the online wizard install WordPress using Fantastico, Sitebuilder and SiteStudio you can add photos, to name a few.\r\n\r\nITX Design is one of the few companies that shows commitment in helping our environment. They have invested in wind power plant in Texas to help reduce emissions from the server. This is another good reason why ITX Design is the way forward in the host. Being a customer of ITX Design gives you a good feeling knowing that you can get help for your needs, regardless of whether they are encouraging. Read some of the ITX Design coupons and reviews and you will find exactly what you need.\r\n\r\n<strong>Reviewing the ITX Design Services Offered at www.ITXDeign.com</strong>\r\nWhen you decide you want to visit the www.ITXDeign.com website you have to know what to look for. Since this is a hosting site and one of the best out there, you won\'t have to worry so much if you use one of their packages. There are many things you can find at the www.ITXDeign.com and you may just find the perfect hosting package there.\r\n\r\nITX Design is a popular private web hosting company, based in Houston since founded in 2002 by Brent Oxley. ITX Design is a major player in web scope and is a front-runner in providing web services. ITX Design has can be reached on their official website www.ITXDeign.com and one can also find the detailed description of the services provided and special offers for switching into ITX Design.\r\n\r\n<strong>What www.ITXDeign.com Provides</strong>\r\nWeb hosting is the basic fundamental processes of making a website appear. In reality, hosting of a site is nothing but finding a space to store the site data on the server and allow it to be accessible anywhere in the world with enhanced technical support. Data of the websites are stored on the servers that are managed by service providers and servers will be active all the time to keep website accessible anytime, anywhere.\r\n\r\nBuilding a website has primary aspect of designing, but any website is incomplete until it gets hosted. Thus, web hosting is the most important part of the website building process. Along with it, bandwidth, types of hosting; adapted technology and updating on time are the deciding factors of web hosting.\r\n\r\nITX Design takes care of the every minute factor that can help you in hosting the website without any hassles and the latest technology used for the servers will run your website seamlessly. For specific details, users can visit www.ITXDeign.com and find the best suitable package for hosting. ITX Design package includes everything that even non-technical users need not to worry about finding the best hosting priced at a low cost.\r\n\r\nApart from hosting the sites, ITX Design also provides reliable bandwidth, which is more than sufficient to access the website, advanced disk space managing technology, website builder tool that can be used to create websites as you wish without having to know the core web designing skills.\r\n\r\nThe website builder tool will have detailed information on using the tool effectively to build attractive sites in a short period of time; free templates are also provided to quickly deploy the site without compromising the quality of the site.\r\n\r\nFree templates are the ready-made themes having unique skins and layout options, installed in just a few clicks. All of these are included in the control panel, along with a script installer and many other options in a ITX Design package. One major advantage of using the ITX Design service is that the packages are reasonably priced and also assisted by technical experts in any issues faced during and after the hosting.\r\n\r\nWhy You Should Visit www.ITXDeign.com\r\nThe control panel tool that is provided in the package works efficiently for managing the websites quickly, thus a authoring website is no more a worry when having control panel in use. ITX Design supports a vast base of programming scripts like PHP, MySQL, Perl, Ruby on rails, and many more, which can be implemented in single click installation process with Script option provided in the package.\r\n\r\nAll <a title=\"dedicated server hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\">dedicated servers</a> employed in hosting sites are Linux powered, but in recent years, ITX Design has also started using Windows servers.','Why ITX Design VPS Hosting is Better than Most','','inherit','open','closed','','1842-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 16:50:29','2014-01-23 21:50:29','',1842,'http://itxdesign.com/1842-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4698,1,'2014-01-23 16:51:39','2014-01-23 21:51:39','<strong>Why ITX Design VPS Hosting is Better than Most\r\n</strong>\r\n\r\n<strong><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-1843\" alt=\"cloud-vps-computing-hands\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/cloud-vps-computing-hands.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Choosing ITX Design VPS Hosting is a Great Way to Go</strong>\r\nBusinesses that need ITX Design <a title=\"VPS Hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\">VPS hosting</a> can use it to meet their business hosting requirements. When a business needs fast and secure web hosting, they should use a VPS for their business. Small to large businesses can look at ITX Design\'s VPS Solutions to identify the benefits of this service. There are 3 primary VPS plans that individuals can choose from with ITX Design VPS hosting. This hosting offers enough options to fulfill every business hosting need.\r\n\r\n<strong>ITX Design Coupon Code - Save 20% with this code: twitter</strong>\r\n\r\nIT experts will use ITX Design VPS hosting as a simple way to launch a VPS with their host. Businesses can start with the intro package and then upgrade their plan as their business develops. The ITX Design reviews discuss how this hosting is personalized and highly developed with software options that the business needs. Individuals can personalize their VPS hosting package as if it was their own host. This is a good benefit for entrepreneurs who don\'t want the expense of <a title=\"dedicated server hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\">dedicated hosting</a>, but need the benefits.\r\n\r\n<strong>Why ITX Design VPS Hosting can Help your Business</strong>\r\nThe software is simple to use, and it gives you an optional dashboard for easy management of your <a title=\"vps hosting service\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\">VPS hosting</a> account.  ITX Design VPS hosting also offers a free firewall with every VPS program that a business selects. Updating it is simple, with the new kernelless updating feature that\'s included. Entrepreneurs can make their own website or they can select a design from many templates available that ITX Design provides. They also provide a wide range of programs that are super simple to set up on websites.\r\n\r\nITX Design VPS hosting also provides a Gigabit uplink with an assured connection, and several levels of security for networks. They have a network of internet offers to choose from, and they have redundant networks and failover technologies in place. They use HVAC systems, backup devices, and an outstanding data center to ensure there is little to no recovery time during emergencies. Businesses will get personalized component features, fantastic web host components, error-tolerance, and enterprise level hard drives.\r\n\r\nEvery VPS hosting account comes with endless domains, regular backup, endless e-mail accounts, endless sub-domains, and free site-building software. ITX Design also offers full main or root access, private labels for hosts, endless FTP accounts, and endless SQL databases. Individuals can sign-up a new website for a small fee, or move a current one to the hosting business for free. There are three user dashboard options for individuals to run their VPS hosting account. In the three VPS plans, owners can choose a semi-controlled account or a completely managed VPS server.\r\n\r\n<strong>Your Decision to Get ITX Design VPS Hosting</strong><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-1844\" alt=\"vps-cloud-computing\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/vps-cloud-computing.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" /></a>\r\nMore individuals seem to be using ITX Design to develop and start their websites. Discussion boards talk about the many templates that individuals can choose from when they\'re developing their websites. ITX Design provides many VPS hosting programs for small to big businesses. When individuals are looking for more details on VPS hosting programs, they can look in to ITX Design Reviews section.\r\n\r\nTherefore, if you\'re looking for trusted and cost-effective VPS hosting, you should choose ITX Design for it has already proven in the world of web hosting. By doing this, you\'re not only guaranteed of top excellent service, but efficient outcomes, which can be very valuable to your website and can only be found with ITX Design VPS hosting.\r\n\r\n<strong>Getting the Right ITX Design Coupons and Reviews</strong>\r\nGetting the best ITX Design coupons and reviews is not all that hard, if you know where to look. There are many choices out there to help you with and you have to know that ITX Design provides the best discounts for reliable, cheap, and affordable web hosting services. Our reviews of its hosting plans, coupons, value-added resellers, VPS, dedicated servers and more will give you all necessary information about ITX Design and its maintenance. Those that have used ITX Design for over one year, are still impressed with the performance of this company and services it provides.\r\n\r\nThere are plenty of website hosting corporations out there, ITX Design however is obviously the most well liked of them. There are plenty of reasons for this so it is easily worth having a look at them for your hosting wishes. They offer one or two different sorts of hosting accounts so you should experience no trouble finding the perfect plan for your wishes. The most often used service from ITX Design is their multi-user hosts. Mostly folks select to employ them because they offer a low cost.\r\n\r\nThat said, it is a good price and it is completely incomprehensible if they\'re not trusty but you will find that ITX Design has awesome service and a great reputation. The situation isn\'t a problem as ITX Design offers one of the most trusty hosting services around. The rationale that they can offer it at such a decent price is thanks to the great number of clients they have. This gives them an economy of scale that their competition can\'t match.\r\n\r\nLots of individuals who build web sites will have a few of them which is the main reason why keeping the price of hosting down is so critical. If you have many sites the pricetag can truly add up. One choice to keep the price down is by using as reseller account. This is something that ITX Design offers so that folks can sell hosting to others online. That having been said, the great majority of people use these accounts only to permit them to build heaps of sites for a low cost.\r\n\r\nFrequently the hosting can come to less than a greenback a month with these accounts if you happen to have got a lot of sites. While most individuals use ITX Design as an inexpensive option for their little sites the company does also provide a dedicated server for folk who want it. This is targeted typically at enterprises that get plenty of traffic to their web site. They offer 1 or 2 different packages dependent on how huge your website is so you\'ll be capable of finding the ideal server for your business. One of the newest trends in the website hosting business is a VPS an area in which ITX Design has quickly established itself as a leader.\r\n\r\nThe benefit of a V. P. S is that it gives you the majority of the advantages that you would get from a dedicated server at a small slice of the cost. It\'s an ideal option for folk who\'ve sites that aren\'t sufficiently big to need a dedicated server but still require the other benefits that one offers.\r\n\r\nITX Design is one of the most reliable web hosting companies on the Internet today. This is the only company that can boast a 99.9 percent up-time guarantee on their servers and actually provide it. Most of the ITX Design coupons and reviews we have read have talked about how this guarantee is actually able to provide exactly what is necessary for your hosting.\r\n\r\n<strong>ITX Design Coupons and Reviews for The Best Hosting</strong>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/joomla-vs-wordpress-for-the-beginner/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-1369\" alt=\"Wordpress VS Joomla\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/wordpress-vs-joomla.png\" width=\"350\" height=\"90\" /></a>When considering ITX Design we also noticed that, it has excellent customer service. All queries we read about ITX Design state how treat they are and they give you the platforms, like cPanel, MySQL, and more. You get scripts like WordPress, Joomla, Drupal, and more to help out as well. The best part is the 24/7 support you get from the company. Additionally, ITX Design takes the time to review applications like <a title=\"wordpress vs joomla\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-joomla-is-there-any-question-about-which-cms-is-best/\">Joomla vs Wordpress</a>, and other blogging battles like <a title=\"wordpress vs drupal\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-drupal-a-clear-choice-for-the-majority-of-websites/\">Wordpress vs Drupal</a>.\r\n\r\nITX Design also provide their customers with tools that can help them build their own websites. They provide you with a free Builder Web site (Site Builder and Site Studio), and more than 4,500 free website templates. Some of the categories include communication technology, computer technology, dentists, driver training, education, electricity, electronics, employment agencies, agriculture, finance, Artists, fitness centers, flowers and gardening, food and beverages, web hosting, web design, Wedding, and Women\'s Health Clinic, to name a few.\r\n\r\nYou have approximately one hundred twenty-six categories to choose from. They provide your site with a professional look you\'ve always wanted without having to pay a web page designer, a lot of money to create your personal website. You can do this on your own without any technical skills in the web design area.\r\n\r\n<strong>The Best of the ITX Design Coupons and Reviews</strong>\r\nYou can also find various tutorials on ITX Design on various subjects such as the creation of accounts FTP, using webmail, the creation of add-on, change the password C Group, a subdomain, backup and restore your site using the File Manager, create MySQL database and the user database that allows you to hotlink protection, using the online wizard install WordPress using Fantastico, Sitebuilder and SiteStudio you can add photos, to name a few.\r\n\r\nITX Design is one of the few companies that shows commitment in helping our environment. They have invested in wind power plant in Texas to help reduce emissions from the server. This is another good reason why ITX Design is the way forward in the host. Being a customer of ITX Design gives you a good feeling knowing that you can get help for your needs, regardless of whether they are encouraging. Read some of the ITX Design coupons and reviews and you will find exactly what you need.\r\n\r\n<strong>Reviewing the ITX Design Services Offered at www.ITXDeign.com</strong>\r\nWhen you decide you want to visit the www.ITXDeign.com website you have to know what to look for. Since this is a hosting site and one of the best out there, you won\'t have to worry so much if you use one of their packages. There are many things you can find at the www.ITXDeign.com and you may just find the perfect hosting package there.\r\n\r\nITX Design is a popular private web hosting company, based in Houston since founded in 2002 by Brent Oxley. ITX Design is a major player in web scope and is a front-runner in providing web services. ITX Design has can be reached on their official website www.ITXDeign.com and one can also find the detailed description of the services provided and special offers for switching into ITX Design.\r\n\r\n<strong>What www.ITXDeign.com Provides</strong>\r\nWeb hosting is the basic fundamental processes of making a website appear. In reality, hosting of a site is nothing but finding a space to store the site data on the server and allow it to be accessible anywhere in the world with enhanced technical support. Data of the websites are stored on the servers that are managed by service providers and servers will be active all the time to keep website accessible anytime, anywhere.\r\n\r\nBuilding a website has primary aspect of designing, but any website is incomplete until it gets hosted. Thus, web hosting is the most important part of the website building process. Along with it, bandwidth, types of hosting; adapted technology and updating on time are the deciding factors of web hosting.\r\n\r\nITX Design takes care of the every minute factor that can help you in hosting the website without any hassles and the latest technology used for the servers will run your website seamlessly. For specific details, users can visit www.ITXDeign.com and find the best suitable package for hosting. ITX Design package includes everything that even non-technical users need not to worry about finding the best hosting priced at a low cost.\r\n\r\nApart from hosting the sites, ITX Design also provides reliable bandwidth, which is more than sufficient to access the website, advanced disk space managing technology, website builder tool that can be used to create websites as you wish without having to know the core web designing skills.\r\n\r\nThe website builder tool will have detailed information on using the tool effectively to build attractive sites in a short period of time; free templates are also provided to quickly deploy the site without compromising the quality of the site.\r\n\r\nFree templates are the ready-made themes having unique skins and layout options, installed in just a few clicks. All of these are included in the control panel, along with a script installer and many other options in a ITX Design package. One major advantage of using the ITX Design service is that the packages are reasonably priced and also assisted by technical experts in any issues faced during and after the hosting.\r\n\r\nWhy You Should Visit www.ITXDeign.com\r\nThe control panel tool that is provided in the package works efficiently for managing the websites quickly, thus a authoring website is no more a worry when having control panel in use. ITX Design supports a vast base of programming scripts like PHP, MySQL, Perl, Ruby on rails, and many more, which can be implemented in single click installation process with Script option provided in the package.\r\n\r\nAll <a title=\"dedicated server hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\">dedicated servers</a> employed in hosting sites are Linux powered, but in recent years, ITX Design has also started using Windows servers.','Why ITX Design VPS Hosting is Better than Most','','inherit','open','closed','','1842-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 16:51:39','2014-01-23 21:51:39','',1842,'http://itxdesign.com/1842-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4699,1,'2014-01-23 16:52:13','2014-01-23 21:52:13','<strong>Why ITX Design VPS Hosting is Better than Most\r\n</strong>\r\n\r\n<strong><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-1843\" alt=\"cloud-vps-computing-hands\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/cloud-vps-computing-hands.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Choosing ITX Design VPS Hosting is a Great Way to Go</strong>\r\nBusinesses that need ITX Design <a title=\"VPS Hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\">VPS hosting</a> can use it to meet their business hosting requirements. When a business needs fast and secure web hosting, they should use a VPS for their business. Small to large businesses can look at ITX Design\'s VPS Solutions to identify the benefits of this service. There are 3 primary VPS plans that individuals can choose from with ITX Design VPS hosting. This hosting offers enough options to fulfill every business hosting need.\r\n\r\n<strong>ITX Design Coupon Code - Save 20% with this code: twitter</strong>\r\n\r\nIT experts will use ITX Design VPS hosting as a simple way to launch a VPS with their host. Businesses can start with the intro package and then upgrade their plan as their business develops. The ITX Design reviews discuss how this hosting is personalized and highly developed with software options that the business needs. Individuals can personalize their VPS hosting package as if it was their own host. This is a good benefit for entrepreneurs who don\'t want the expense of <a title=\"dedicated server hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\">dedicated hosting</a>, but need the benefits.\r\n\r\n<strong>Why ITX Design VPS Hosting can Help your Business</strong>\r\nThe software is simple to use, and it gives you an optional dashboard for easy management of your <a title=\"vps hosting service\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\">VPS hosting</a> account.  ITX Design VPS hosting also offers a free firewall with every VPS program that a business selects. Updating it is simple, with the new kernelless updating feature that\'s included. Entrepreneurs can make their own website or they can select a design from many templates available that ITX Design provides. They also provide a wide range of programs that are super simple to set up on websites.\r\n\r\nITX Design VPS hosting also provides a Gigabit uplink with an assured connection, and several levels of security for networks. They have a network of internet offers to choose from, and they have redundant networks and failover technologies in place. They use HVAC systems, backup devices, and an outstanding data center to ensure there is little to no recovery time during emergencies. Businesses will get personalized component features, fantastic web host components, error-tolerance, and enterprise level hard drives.\r\n\r\nEvery VPS hosting account comes with endless domains, regular backup, endless e-mail accounts, endless sub-domains, and free site-building software. ITX Design also offers full main or root access, private labels for hosts, endless FTP accounts, and endless SQL databases. Individuals can sign-up a new website for a small fee, or move a current one to the hosting business for free. There are three user dashboard options for individuals to run their VPS hosting account. In the three VPS plans, owners can choose a semi-controlled account or a completely managed VPS server.\r\n\r\n<strong>Your Decision to Get ITX Design VPS Hosting</strong><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-1844\" alt=\"vps-cloud-computing\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/vps-cloud-computing.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" /></a>\r\nMore individuals seem to be using ITX Design to develop and start their websites. Discussion boards talk about the many templates that individuals can choose from when they\'re developing their websites. ITX Design provides many VPS hosting programs for small to big businesses. When individuals are looking for more details on VPS hosting programs, they can look in to ITX Design Reviews section.\r\n\r\nTherefore, if you\'re looking for trusted and cost-effective VPS hosting, you should choose ITX Design for it has already proven in the world of web hosting. By doing this, you\'re not only guaranteed of top excellent service, but efficient outcomes, which can be very valuable to your website and can only be found with ITX Design VPS hosting.\r\n\r\n<strong>Getting the Right ITX Design Coupons and Reviews</strong>\r\nGetting the best ITX Design coupons and reviews is not all that hard, if you know where to look. There are many choices out there to help you with and you have to know that ITX Design provides the best discounts for reliable, cheap, and affordable web hosting services. Our reviews of its hosting plans, coupons, value-added resellers, VPS, dedicated servers and more will give you all necessary information about ITX Design and its maintenance. Those that have used ITX Design for over one year, are still impressed with the performance of this company and services it provides.\r\n\r\nThere are plenty of website hosting corporations out there, ITX Design however is obviously the most well liked of them. There are plenty of reasons for this so it is easily worth having a look at them for your hosting wishes. They offer one or two different sorts of hosting accounts so you should experience no trouble finding the perfect plan for your wishes. The most often used service from ITX Design is their multi-user hosts. Mostly folks select to employ them because they offer a low cost.\r\n\r\nThat said, it is a good price and it is completely incomprehensible if they\'re not trusty but you will find that ITX Design has awesome service and a great reputation. The situation isn\'t a problem as ITX Design offers one of the most trusty hosting services around. The rationale that they can offer it at such a decent price is thanks to the great number of clients they have. This gives them an economy of scale that their competition can\'t match.\r\n\r\nLots of individuals who build web sites will have a few of them which is the main reason why keeping the price of hosting down is so critical. If you have many sites the pricetag can truly add up. One choice to keep the price down is by using as reseller account. This is something that ITX Design offers so that folks can sell hosting to others online. That having been said, the great majority of people use these accounts only to permit them to build heaps of sites for a low cost.\r\n\r\nFrequently the hosting can come to less than a greenback a month with these accounts if you happen to have got a lot of sites. While most individuals use ITX Design as an inexpensive option for their little sites the company does also provide a dedicated server for folk who want it. This is targeted typically at enterprises that get plenty of traffic to their web site. They offer 1 or 2 different packages dependent on how huge your website is so you\'ll be capable of finding the ideal server for your business. One of the newest trends in the website hosting business is a VPS an area in which ITX Design has quickly established itself as a leader.\r\n\r\nThe benefit of a V. P. S is that it gives you the majority of the advantages that you would get from a dedicated server at a small slice of the cost. It\'s an ideal option for folk who\'ve sites that aren\'t sufficiently big to need a dedicated server but still require the other benefits that one offers.\r\n\r\nITX Design is one of the most reliable web hosting companies on the Internet today. This is the only company that can boast a 99.9 percent up-time guarantee on their servers and actually provide it. Most of the ITX Design coupons and reviews we have read have talked about how this guarantee is actually able to provide exactly what is necessary for your hosting.\r\n\r\n<strong>ITX Design Coupons and Reviews for The Best Hosting</strong>\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-drupal-a-clear-choice-for-the-majority-of-websites/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-1369\" alt=\"Wordpress VS Joomla\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/wordpress-vs-joomla.png\" width=\"350\" height=\"90\" /></a>When considering ITX Design we also noticed that, it has excellent customer service. All queries we read about ITX Design state how treat they are and they give you the platforms, like cPanel, MySQL, and more. You get scripts like WordPress, Joomla, Drupal, and more to help out as well. The best part is the 24/7 support you get from the company. Additionally, ITX Design takes the time to review applications like <a title=\"wordpress vs joomla\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-joomla-is-there-any-question-about-which-cms-is-best/\">Joomla vs Wordpress</a>, and other blogging battles like <a title=\"wordpress vs drupal\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-drupal-a-clear-choice-for-the-majority-of-websites/\">Wordpress vs Drupal</a>.\r\n\r\nITX Design also provide their customers with tools that can help them build their own websites. They provide you with a free Builder Web site (Site Builder and Site Studio), and more than 4,500 free website templates. Some of the categories include communication technology, computer technology, dentists, driver training, education, electricity, electronics, employment agencies, agriculture, finance, Artists, fitness centers, flowers and gardening, food and beverages, web hosting, web design, Wedding, and Women\'s Health Clinic, to name a few.\r\n\r\nYou have approximately one hundred twenty-six categories to choose from. They provide your site with a professional look you\'ve always wanted without having to pay a web page designer, a lot of money to create your personal website. You can do this on your own without any technical skills in the web design area.\r\n\r\n<strong>The Best of the ITX Design Coupons and Reviews</strong>\r\nYou can also find various tutorials on ITX Design on various subjects such as the creation of accounts FTP, using webmail, the creation of add-on, change the password C Group, a subdomain, backup and restore your site using the File Manager, create MySQL database and the user database that allows you to hotlink protection, using the online wizard install WordPress using Fantastico, Sitebuilder and SiteStudio you can add photos, to name a few.\r\n\r\nITX Design is one of the few companies that shows commitment in helping our environment. They have invested in wind power plant in Texas to help reduce emissions from the server. This is another good reason why ITX Design is the way forward in the host. Being a customer of ITX Design gives you a good feeling knowing that you can get help for your needs, regardless of whether they are encouraging. Read some of the ITX Design coupons and reviews and you will find exactly what you need.\r\n\r\n<strong>Reviewing the ITX Design Services Offered at www.ITXDeign.com</strong>\r\nWhen you decide you want to visit the www.ITXDeign.com website you have to know what to look for. Since this is a hosting site and one of the best out there, you won\'t have to worry so much if you use one of their packages. There are many things you can find at the www.ITXDeign.com and you may just find the perfect hosting package there.\r\n\r\nITX Design is a popular private web hosting company, based in Houston since founded in 2002 by Brent Oxley. ITX Design is a major player in web scope and is a front-runner in providing web services. ITX Design has can be reached on their official website www.ITXDeign.com and one can also find the detailed description of the services provided and special offers for switching into ITX Design.\r\n\r\n<strong>What www.ITXDeign.com Provides</strong>\r\nWeb hosting is the basic fundamental processes of making a website appear. In reality, hosting of a site is nothing but finding a space to store the site data on the server and allow it to be accessible anywhere in the world with enhanced technical support. Data of the websites are stored on the servers that are managed by service providers and servers will be active all the time to keep website accessible anytime, anywhere.\r\n\r\nBuilding a website has primary aspect of designing, but any website is incomplete until it gets hosted. Thus, web hosting is the most important part of the website building process. Along with it, bandwidth, types of hosting; adapted technology and updating on time are the deciding factors of web hosting.\r\n\r\nITX Design takes care of the every minute factor that can help you in hosting the website without any hassles and the latest technology used for the servers will run your website seamlessly. For specific details, users can visit www.ITXDeign.com and find the best suitable package for hosting. ITX Design package includes everything that even non-technical users need not to worry about finding the best hosting priced at a low cost.\r\n\r\nApart from hosting the sites, ITX Design also provides reliable bandwidth, which is more than sufficient to access the website, advanced disk space managing technology, website builder tool that can be used to create websites as you wish without having to know the core web designing skills.\r\n\r\nThe website builder tool will have detailed information on using the tool effectively to build attractive sites in a short period of time; free templates are also provided to quickly deploy the site without compromising the quality of the site.\r\n\r\nFree templates are the ready-made themes having unique skins and layout options, installed in just a few clicks. All of these are included in the control panel, along with a script installer and many other options in a ITX Design package. One major advantage of using the ITX Design service is that the packages are reasonably priced and also assisted by technical experts in any issues faced during and after the hosting.\r\n\r\nWhy You Should Visit www.ITXDeign.com\r\nThe control panel tool that is provided in the package works efficiently for managing the websites quickly, thus a authoring website is no more a worry when having control panel in use. ITX Design supports a vast base of programming scripts like PHP, MySQL, Perl, Ruby on rails, and many more, which can be implemented in single click installation process with Script option provided in the package.\r\n\r\nAll <a title=\"dedicated server hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\">dedicated servers</a> employed in hosting sites are Linux powered, but in recent years, ITX Design has also started using Windows servers.','Why ITX Design VPS Hosting is Better than Most','','inherit','open','closed','','1842-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 16:52:13','2014-01-23 21:52:13','',1842,'http://itxdesign.com/1842-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(5732,1,'2014-03-17 10:40:23','2014-03-17 14:40:23','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5734\" alt=\"how-does-ftp-work\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-does-ftp-work.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />A Simple FTP Guide for Beginners - How Does FTP Work?</b>\r\n\r\nMaybe you\'re new to the world of hosting and you\'ve found out using FTP is important to your specific project. Understanding how FTP works will make a difference for many webmasters. Here\'s a quick and easy to follow guide perfect for beginners using FTP for the first time.\r\n\r\n<b>What is FTP?</b>\r\n\r\nFTP stands for File Transfer Protocol. It allows networked computers to communicate with each other via the internet. If you\'ve ever downloaded something from the internet, there\'s a good chance you\'ve used FTP without even knowing it.\r\n\r\n<b>Simple Instructions for Using an FTP</b>\r\n\r\nUsing an FTP doesn\'t have to be difficult any longer. Here are a few quick steps to help you use it properly.\r\n<ol>\r\n	<li>Start by opening the FTP client program.</li>\r\n	<li>Enter the FTP host name, username and password.</li>\r\n	<li>Browse for the files you want to transfer</li>\r\n	<li>Click and highlight the file you want to send and click \"OK.\"</li>\r\n	<li>Enter the destination file route for the transferred file and click \"OK.\"</li>\r\n</ol>\r\nThat\'s all it takes to use an FTP. It\'s very simple and once you use it a couple of times, it will become easier for you to understand and use.\r\n\r\n<b>Why Would You Need to Know How an FTP Works?</b>\r\n\r\nThe main reason to understand how an FTP works is to move files. This is the main function of an FTP and most use it for larger files. Instead of trying to email or put the files on another type of drive, you can send them with an FTP.\r\n\r\nSome of the most common uses for FTP include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Transferring website files from one host to another</li>\r\n	<li>Sending large files to clients</li>\r\n	<li>Uploading files from your computer to your website hosting account</li>\r\n	<li>Computer backup</li>\r\n	<li>Download files</li>\r\n	<li>Gaming</li>\r\n	<li>Online Auctions</li>\r\n	<li>Sharing music files</li>\r\n	<li>And More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAny application with the need to send, receive, download or upload files can utilize FTP to make the task easier. Whether you need to send a large file to a client or you\'re a student needing to download course materials, you\'re probably using an FTP and you don\'t even know it.\r\n\r\n<b>Benefits of FTP</b>\r\n\r\nFTP has many uses and provides many benefits. Some of the most common benefits include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><i>Global Collaboration</i> - Companies can use FTP to provide employees with file sharing options. This makes it possible for workers from all over the globe to work together on a project.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Online File Storage</i> - FTP is used to help back up important files quite often. It can be set up to automatically handle this task during off-peak hours.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Faster File Transfers</i> - Instead of waiting forever for a file to show up, using FTP can make it much easier to upload or download a file.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Less Printing and Shipping</i> - No longer do you have to print 100-page documents and mail them to a client. With FTP, you can simply transfer the file to the client and let them read it on their computer.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Managing Documents</i> - An FTP provides the ability to store all your files on a remote server. Others can access the server, as well. This allows a company to provide better document management.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAll of these benefits and many more are provided with the use of FTP.\r\n\r\n<b>How Does FTP Fit into the Hosting Industry?</b>\r\n\r\nHosting and FTP go hand-in-hand. Some web designers use FTP to upload complete websites once the design is done. They can do the design offline and upload it to the right hosting account when the time is right.\r\n\r\nCommonly, FTP us utilized to move an entire hosting account (multiple websites) from one host to another. It can even be used to move a hosting account when a client upgrades to a new level of hosting.\r\n\r\nMost hosting companies provide an FTP client free of charge with your hosting account. This makes it possible for anybody to take advantage of the many benefits provided by FTP.\r\n\r\nUnderstanding how FTP works and using it for specific tasks can provide many cost-saving benefits. If you need hosting with an FTP client, ITX Design provides a variety of choices from <a title=\"shared web hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\">shared</a> to <a title=\"dedicated servers\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\">dedicated hosting</a> with full 24/7 technical support.','How Does FTP Work','','publish','open','closed','','how-does-ftp-work','','http://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\nhttp://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/','2014-03-17 10:41:45','2014-03-17 14:41:45','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=5732',0,'post','',0),(5733,1,'2014-03-17 10:40:23','2014-03-17 14:40:23','<b>A Simple FTP Guide for Beginners - How Does FTP Work?</b>\r\n\r\nMaybe you\'re new to the world of hosting and you\'ve found out using FTP is important to your specific project. Understanding how FTP works will make a difference for many webmasters. Here\'s a quick and easy to follow guide perfect for beginners using FTP for the first time.\r\n\r\n<b>What is FTP?</b>\r\n\r\nFTP stands for File Transfer Protocol. It allows networked computers to communicate with each other via the internet. If you\'ve ever downloaded something from the internet, there\'s a good chance you\'ve used FTP without even knowing it.\r\n\r\n<b>Simple Instructions for Using an FTP</b>\r\n\r\nUsing an FTP doesn\'t have to be difficult any longer. Here are a few quick steps to help you use it properly.\r\n<ol>\r\n	<li>Start by opening the FTP client program.</li>\r\n	<li>Enter the FTP host name, username and password.</li>\r\n	<li>Browse for the files you want to transfer</li>\r\n	<li>Click and highlight the file you want to send and click \"OK.\"</li>\r\n	<li>Enter the destination file route for the transferred file and click \"OK.\"</li>\r\n</ol>\r\nThat\'s all it takes to use an FTP. It\'s very simple and once you use it a couple of times, it will become easier for you to understand and use.\r\n\r\n<b>Why Would You Need to Know How an FTP Works?</b>\r\n\r\nThe main reason to understand how an FTP works is to move files. This is the main function of an FTP and most use it for larger files. Instead of trying to email or put the files on another type of drive, you can send them with an FTP.\r\n\r\nSome of the most common uses for FTP include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Transferring website files from one host to another</li>\r\n	<li>Sending large files to clients</li>\r\n	<li>Uploading files from your computer to your website hosting account</li>\r\n	<li>Computer backup</li>\r\n	<li>Download files</li>\r\n	<li>Gaming</li>\r\n	<li>Online Auctions</li>\r\n	<li>Sharing music files</li>\r\n	<li>And More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAny application with the need to send, receive, download or upload files can utilize FTP to make the task easier. Whether you need to send a large file to a client or you\'re a student needing to download course materials, you\'re probably using an FTP and you don\'t even know it.\r\n\r\n<b>Benefits of FTP</b>\r\n\r\nFTP has many uses and provides many benefits. Some of the most common benefits include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><i>Global Collaboration</i> - Companies can use FTP to provide employees with file sharing options. This makes it possible for workers from all over the globe to work together on a project.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Online File Storage</i> - FTP is used to help back up important files quite often. It can be set up to automatically handle this task during off-peak hours.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Faster File Transfers</i> - Instead of waiting forever for a file to show up, using FTP can make it much easier to upload or download a file.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Less Printing and Shipping</i> - No longer do you have to print 100-page documents and mail them to a client. With FTP, you can simply transfer the file to the client and let them read it on their computer.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Managing Documents</i> - An FTP provides the ability to store all your files on a remote server. Others can access the server, as well. This allows a company to provide better document management.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAll of these benefits and many more are provided with the use of FTP.\r\n\r\n<b>How Does FTP Fit into the Hosting Industry?</b>\r\n\r\nHosting and FTP go hand-in-hand. Some web designers use FTP to upload complete websites once the design is done. They can do the design offline and upload it to the right hosting account when the time is right.\r\n\r\nCommonly, FTP us utilized to move an entire hosting account (multiple websites) from one host to another. It can even be used to move a hosting account when a client upgrades to a new level of hosting.\r\n\r\nMost hosting companies provide an FTP client free of charge with your hosting account. This makes it possible for anybody to take advantage of the many benefits provided by FTP.\r\n\r\nUnderstanding how FTP works and using it for specific tasks can provide many cost-saving benefits. If you need hosting with an FTP client, ITX Design provides a variety of choices from <a title=\"shared web hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\">shared</a> to <a title=\"dedicated servers\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\">dedicated hosting</a> with full 24/7 technical support.','How Does FTP Work','','inherit','open','closed','','5732-revision-v1','','','2014-03-17 10:40:23','2014-03-17 14:40:23','',5732,'http://itxdesign.com/5732-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4701,1,'2014-01-23 19:32:50','2014-01-24 00:32:50','','content-writing','','inherit','open','closed','','content-writing','','','2014-01-23 19:32:50','2014-01-24 00:32:50','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/content-writing.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4702,1,'2014-01-23 19:33:07','2014-01-24 00:33:07','','content-writing-web-pages','','inherit','open','closed','','content-writing-web-pages','','','2014-01-23 19:33:07','2014-01-24 00:33:07','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/content-writing-web-pages.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5742,1,'2014-03-18 15:46:28','2014-03-18 19:46:28','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5743\" alt=\"thirty-five-hosting-discount\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/thirty-five-hosting-discount.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"126\" />Finding the Best Hosting Discount For Your Website</b>\r\n\r\nIt\'s EASY Use Promotion Code: <strong>bestever</strong>  for 35% off at checkout.\r\n\r\nHosting plays a vital role in any website, blog or other online project. Getting the best price without giving up the quality of your hosting matters. A hosting discount can certainly help you save money, but you must be careful.\r\n\r\nSometimes, companies offer an insane hosting discount to get you hooked in for a few years of their service. It can be as low as $1 per month. This can be dangerous, however.\r\n\r\nWhen companies do this, they often skimp on the resources they will give you. Most of the biggest hosting discounts come with shared hosting packages, which offer an entry-level type of hosting for your website.\r\n\r\n<b>Be Careful of These Four Hosting Discount Ploys</b>\r\n\r\nThere are four things you must be careful of when trying to get a discount on hosting. Yes, we all want to save money, but there\'s no reason to give up value for a dollar or two per month. Here are a few things to watch out for whenever using discounted hosting.\r\n\r\n<b>Super Cheap Prices with Super Small Packages </b>\r\n\r\nSometimes a company will offer a hosting discount, but only give you a very small amount of space. This might work for a small, personal site, but businesses often need more. When you go to upgrade, you will find out the next level package is three to five times as expensive as the discounted package you thought you were getting.\r\n\r\n<b>Overloaded Servers with Slow Load Times</b>\r\n\r\nWhen a company offers insane discounts on hosting, such as $2 per month or lower, you may end up on an overloaded server. This is dangerous if you plan to use search engine optimization or you just want your website to load quickly.\r\n\r\nOverloaded servers lead to slow load times and cause all kinds of issues. You will rank lower in the search engine rankings and you will lose customers to your competition. There\'s nothing more annoying than thinking you\'ve found just what you want, clicking the link and finding out the site takes forever to load.\r\n\r\n<b>Lack of Support</b>\r\n\r\nMany of the cheapest hosting companies already struggle to offer great support. This becomes even worse when they offer hosting discounts. Some companies simply cannot handle the large volume of customers. This may slow down support and cause you to wait in line for hours to get answers to your questions.\r\n\r\n<b>Lack of Options</b>\r\n\r\nDiscounted hosting may come at a cost, which could be fewer options. Sometimes the $1 or $2 per month discounted package only gives you the basics. You may miss out on options, such as hosting more than one domain name, unlimited disk space, unlimited bandwidth and other options.\r\n\r\n<b>Can Hosting Discounts be a Good Thing?</b>\r\n\r\nNot all hosting discounts are bad. Sometimes you can get a huge discount from a great company and they give you everything you would normally get at the regular price. Typically, they want you to pay for a year or two upfront, but with the right company, this isn\'t a big deal.\r\n\r\nSome of the times when hosting discounts are very good include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Holiday Sales</li>\r\n	<li>Military Discounts</li>\r\n	<li>Ministry Discounts</li>\r\n	<li>Multiple Package Discounts</li>\r\n	<li>Special One-Day Sales</li>\r\n	<li>Affiliate Sales</li>\r\n	<li>And More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThe company will make most of the difference when it comes to hosting discounts. If they have a good reputation and provide quality hosting, you may want to take advantage of the discount when it\'s offered.\r\n\r\n<b>Why Good Hosting Companies Offer Discounts?</b>\r\n\r\nSince the hosting industry is hugely competitive, sometimes good hosting companies offer hosting discounts to gain new customers. They know after you\'ve used their hosting for a year, two years or even longer, you\'re very likely to purchase another year or two at their regular price.\r\n\r\nGood hosting companies may also offer discounts when a company or organization is aligned with their beliefs. This is commonly seen with ministry discounts, such as the <a title=\"Christian Web Hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/christian-web-hosting/\">Christian web hosting</a> from ITX Design. This 35% discount is provided to Christian organizations specifically because their beliefs align with the company.\r\n\r\nWhether you\'re just looking to save a little cash or you thought you saw a great deal on hosting, it\'s important to understand both the bad and the good of hosting discounts. If you\'re unsure about a specific discount, just read a few reviews about the hosting company itself. This will open your eyes to the truth behind the discount.','Hosting Discount','','publish','open','closed','','hosting-discount','','\nhttp://itxdesign.com/christian-web-hosting/','2014-03-17 10:53:24','2014-03-17 14:53:24','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=5742',0,'post','',0),(5741,1,'2014-03-17 10:48:47','2014-03-17 14:48:47','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5740\" alt=\"domain-epp-code\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/domain-epp-code.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"91\" />Do you Know What an EPP Code is?</b>\r\n\r\nUnderstanding what an EPP Code is could make a difference, depending on your situation. This is part of the Domain Authorization Code or Auth Code. It\'s the secret code for your domain and provides extra security with your domain name registration.\r\n\r\nThe EPP Code is unique to each domain and assigned by the registrar when you purchase a new domain name. If you plan to transfer a domain from one registrar to another, you will need your EPP Code. It will be required for all of the following types of domains:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>.com</li>\r\n	<li>.net</li>\r\n	<li>.org</li>\r\n	<li>.biz</li>\r\n	<li>.info</li>\r\n	<li>.asia</li>\r\n	<li>.mobi</li>\r\n	<li>.co</li>\r\n	<li>.cc</li>\r\n	<li>.ca</li>\r\n	<li>.cn</li>\r\n	<li>.de</li>\r\n	<li>.me</li>\r\n	<li>.in</li>\r\n	<li>.tv</li>\r\n	<li>.us</li>\r\n	<li>.ws</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nWhenever you plan to transfer your domain from one registrar to another, you will need to obtain the EPP Code. This makes it possible to combine your accounts if one of the registrars was having a sale on domain names, but you prefer to manage them all from one account at a different registrar.\r\n\r\n<b>How do You Find Your EPP Code?</b>\r\n\r\nFinding your EPP Code is the hardest part of the entire process and it\'s not even that hard. The process starts by finding out which registrar is currently holding your domain name. This can be done with a simple WhoIs search.\r\n\r\nOnce you know the registrar, you will need to contact them to get your EPP Code. This code will be between 6 and 16 characters long. It acts as a password for your domain name and the only way to get it is by contacting the registrar of the domain name.\r\n\r\nTypically, you can use the online chat support option or just submit a support ticket to get this code. However, it can be a bit different for each registrar and some you won\'t even need to contact support.\r\n\r\nInstructions for Obtaining an EPP Code from Top Domain Registrars\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>4Domains.com - The EPP Code for this registrar is your domain management password</li>\r\n	<li>Address Creation - You will have to email support to get your EPP Code here.</li>\r\n	<li>AIT Domains - Getting your Authorization Code requires a transfer request through their ticket system here.</li>\r\n	<li>AW Registry - The EPP Code will be supplied after emailing support.</li>\r\n	<li>BulkRegister.com - Contact support through email for your EPP code.</li>\r\n	<li>Directl - Your EPP code is known as the domain transfer secret with Directl. It’s found after you click on a specific domain name in your control panel.</li>\r\n	<li>DirectNIC - Submit a trouble ticket to get your EPP code.</li>\r\n	<li>Domain Monger - Contact support for your EPP Code</li>\r\n	<li>Dotster - Request a transfer authorization code from the domain control panel.</li>\r\n	<li>EnCirca - You will set your own auth code with EnCirca.</li>\r\n	<li>Enom - Log in and click the domain you want to transfer. Once you\'ve done this, you can contact eNom for an EPP Code.</li>\r\n	<li>GoDaddy.com - Just log in and select the right domain name. This will give you an option to email GoDaddy for an EPP Code.</li>\r\n	<li>Names4Ever - Your EPP Code is the account password.</li>\r\n	<li>NameSecure - Contact support for your domain authorization code.</li>\r\n	<li>NameZero - Log into your account, click on the domain and scroll down to the Request Transfer Authorization Code link.</li>\r\n	<li>Network Solutions - You will need to call the 24-hour support line to get your EPP Code.</li>\r\n	<li>Register.com - Your EPP Code is the Auth Code found with each domain in the Account Management section.</li>\r\n	<li>Stargate - Log into your account and click the link for Get AuthInfo Code.</li>\r\n	<li>Tucows - The EPP Code is found within the domain details of your account.</li>\r\n	<li>Verio - You will need to email the support team to get your Authorization Code.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIf your domain registrar isn\'t found on this list, just contact the support of the registrar. They will be able to supply you with an EPP code or tell you were to find it.\r\n\r\nWhenever you need to transfer your domain, you will need this code. Every domain registrar is a little bit different and they may even call an EPP code by a different name. Sometimes it\'s simply an Auth or Authorization code, but other times it may have a different name. If you use different registrars on a regular basis, you may want to bookmark this post for future reference.','EPP Code','','inherit','open','closed','','5739-revision-v1','','','2014-03-17 10:48:47','2014-03-17 14:48:47','',5739,'http://itxdesign.com/5739-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4705,1,'2014-01-23 19:35:50','2014-01-24 00:35:50','','content-writing-web-pages','','inherit','open','closed','','content-writing-web-pages-2','','','2014-01-23 19:35:50','2014-01-24 00:35:50','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/content-writing-web-pages1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5739,1,'2014-03-18 08:23:38','2014-03-18 12:23:38','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5740\" alt=\"domain-epp-code\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/domain-epp-code.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"91\" />Do you Know What an EPP Code is?</b>\r\n\r\nUnderstanding what an EPP Code is could make a difference, depending on your situation. This is part of the Domain Authorization Code or Auth Code. It\'s the secret code for your domain and provides extra security with your domain name registration.\r\n\r\nThe EPP Code is unique to each domain and assigned by the registrar when you purchase a new domain name. If you plan to transfer a domain from one registrar to another, you will need your EPP Code. It will be required for all of the following types of domains:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>.com</li>\r\n	<li>.net</li>\r\n	<li>.org</li>\r\n	<li>.biz</li>\r\n	<li>.info</li>\r\n	<li>.asia</li>\r\n	<li>.mobi</li>\r\n	<li>.co</li>\r\n	<li>.cc</li>\r\n	<li>.ca</li>\r\n	<li>.cn</li>\r\n	<li>.de</li>\r\n	<li>.me</li>\r\n	<li>.in</li>\r\n	<li>.tv</li>\r\n	<li>.us</li>\r\n	<li>.ws</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nWhenever you plan to transfer your domain from one registrar to another, you will need to obtain the EPP Code. This makes it possible to combine your accounts if one of the registrars was having a sale on domain names, but you prefer to manage them all from one account at a different registrar.\r\n\r\n<b>How do You Find Your EPP Code?</b>\r\n\r\nFinding your EPP Code is the hardest part of the entire process and it\'s not even that hard. The process starts by finding out which registrar is currently holding your domain name. This can be done with a simple WhoIs search.\r\n\r\nOnce you know the registrar, you will need to contact them to get your EPP Code. This code will be between 6 and 16 characters long. It acts as a password for your domain name and the only way to get it is by contacting the registrar of the domain name.\r\n\r\nTypically, you can use the online chat support option or just submit a support ticket to get this code. However, it can be a bit different for each registrar and some you won\'t even need to contact support.\r\n\r\nInstructions for Obtaining an EPP Code from Top Domain Registrars\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>4Domains.com - The EPP Code for this registrar is your domain management password</li>\r\n	<li>Address Creation - You will have to email support to get your EPP Code here.</li>\r\n	<li>AIT Domains - Getting your Authorization Code requires a transfer request through their ticket system here.</li>\r\n	<li>AW Registry - The EPP Code will be supplied after emailing support.</li>\r\n	<li>BulkRegister.com - Contact support through email for your EPP code.</li>\r\n	<li>Directl - Your EPP code is known as the domain transfer secret with Directl. It’s found after you click on a specific domain name in your control panel.</li>\r\n	<li>DirectNIC - Submit a trouble ticket to get your EPP code.</li>\r\n	<li>Domain Monger - Contact support for your EPP Code</li>\r\n	<li>Dotster - Request a transfer authorization code from the domain control panel.</li>\r\n	<li>EnCirca - You will set your own auth code with EnCirca.</li>\r\n	<li>Enom - Log in and click the domain you want to transfer. Once you\'ve done this, you can contact eNom for an EPP Code.</li>\r\n	<li>GoDaddy.com - Just log in and select the right domain name. This will give you an option to email GoDaddy for an EPP Code.</li>\r\n	<li>Names4Ever - Your EPP Code is the account password.</li>\r\n	<li>NameSecure - Contact support for your domain authorization code.</li>\r\n	<li>NameZero - Log into your account, click on the domain and scroll down to the Request Transfer Authorization Code link.</li>\r\n	<li>Network Solutions - You will need to call the 24-hour support line to get your EPP Code.</li>\r\n	<li>Register.com - Your EPP Code is the Auth Code found with each domain in the Account Management section.</li>\r\n	<li>Stargate - Log into your account and click the link for Get AuthInfo Code.</li>\r\n	<li>Tucows - The EPP Code is found within the domain details of your account.</li>\r\n	<li>Verio - You will need to email the support team to get your Authorization Code.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIf your domain registrar isn\'t found on this list, just contact the support of the registrar. They will be able to supply you with an EPP code or tell you were to find it.\r\n\r\nWhenever you need to transfer your domain, you will need this code. Every domain registrar is a little bit different and they may even call an EPP code by a different name. Sometimes it\'s simply an Auth or Authorization code, but other times it may have a different name. If you use different registrars on a regular basis, you may want to bookmark this post for future reference.','EPP Code','','publish','open','closed','','epp-code','','','2014-03-17 10:48:47','2014-03-17 14:48:47','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=5739',0,'post','',0),(5740,1,'2014-03-17 10:48:40','2014-03-17 14:48:40','','domain-epp-code','','inherit','open','closed','','domain-epp-code','','','2014-03-17 10:48:40','2014-03-17 14:48:40','',5739,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/domain-epp-code.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5737,1,'2014-03-17 10:44:19','2014-03-17 14:44:19','','joomla-cms-seo','','inherit','open','closed','','joomla-cms-seo','','','2014-03-17 10:44:19','2014-03-17 14:44:19','',5736,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/joomla-cms-seo.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5738,1,'2014-03-17 10:44:26','2014-03-17 14:44:26','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5737\" alt=\"joomla-cms-seo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/joomla-cms-seo.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"126\" />Which Joomla SEO Extensions can Help You Boost Your Ranking?</b>\r\n\r\nJoomla is one of the more popular CMS or content management systems out there. If you choose <a title=\"joomla hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/joomla-hosting/\">Joomla</a> to build your website, it\'s important to use the right extensions. An extension is another way to say plugin and with Joomla, you will be using extensions.\r\n\r\nOne of the most important types of extensions is a Joomla SEO extension. Since SEO is one of the most important choices for your marketing strategy, getting the most out of an SEO extension for Joomla is very important.\r\n\r\n<b>Top Extensions for Better Joomla SEO</b>\r\n\r\nMany extensions can help you with your SEO and Metadata. Here are a few of the top choices to consider.\r\n\r\n<b>Header Tags</b>\r\n\r\nThis Joomla SEO Extension provides the ability to use heading tags from H1 to H6. It will search for your existing tags and help to improve your overall website SEO. It\'s very user-friendly and a good addition to your website for sure.\r\n\r\n<b>Easy Frontend SEO </b>\r\n\r\nIf you want to control the important metadata both automatically and manually, this is the right plugin for you. It makes creating better metadata easy for anybody using Joomla. You can edit all the metadata in the frontend and use this extension on every single page.\r\n\r\n<b>SEO-Generator</b>\r\n\r\nAutomatic generation of keywords and descriptions is handled by the SEO-Generator extension. This provide you with plenty of SEO help and gives you the ability to set the robot meta tags, Google webmaster verification keys and title configurations.\r\n\r\n<b>Title Manager</b>\r\n\r\nAnother way to create the best page titles with incredible SEO is with the Title Manager extension for Joomla. This extension provides you with the ability to display your site name with the page titles and many other features.\r\n\r\n<b>Perfect Link With Article Images on Facebook Pro</b>\r\n\r\nThis extension helps to solve the problem of sharing your Joomla website on Facebook without the right image. It will help you choose the right image and give you plenty of great SEO benefits from both the image and Facebook.\r\n\r\n<b>SEO Simple</b>\r\n\r\nUsing SEO Simple is, of course, simple. This plugin allows you to do things with the meta description tag. You will gain better SEO with your web pages and entire website by using this Joomla extension.\r\n\r\n<b>Xmap</b>\r\n\r\nThis awesome and free Joomla extension allows you to create your website site map. Once you\'ve created it, you will be able to submit it to the major search engines and gain better SEO.\r\n\r\n<b>SH404SEF</b>\r\n\r\nA very popular SEO extension SH404SEF allows you to customize the on-site SEO. It\'s not the only option, of course, but it\'s one many Joomla experts prefer. With this plugin you can make all your URs search engine friendly, see all your 404 pages and set up 301 redirects when necessary.\r\n\r\n<b>Other Ways to Boost Your Joomla SEO</b>\r\n\r\nExtensions are not the only way to increase your SEO with a Joomla website. Along with plugins, you can use a blog, create more content, increase your website speed, share on social sites and so much more.\r\n\r\nThe blog is one of the most powerful ways to increase your overall SEO by expanding your content. Every website has pages promoting services, products or just providing good information. However, the blog will give you the ability to cover even more topics and interact with your visitors.\r\n\r\nIncreasing the speed of your website will help you go above and beyond compared to your competition. If both sites have the same overall SEO profile, but your site loads faster, it will most likely be listed first in the search engine results.\r\n\r\nAnother great way to increase your Joomla SEO is by sharing all over the many social sites out there. Social media has exploded and has changed SEO for good. Google, Bing and Yahoo count on social signals to help choose the best content to deliver to their users. Sharing on social sites also opens the possibility for millions of eyes to find your website.\r\n\r\n<b>Where to Start with Search Engine Optimization?</b>\r\n\r\nAll great SEO strategies start with reliable hosting with incredible speed. If you don\'t have the right foundation for your Joomla website, you will struggle to get the most out of your SEO strategy.\r\n\r\nITX Design provides great hosting with the fastest load times for your <a title=\"joomla hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/joomla-hosting/\">Joomla website</a>. If you want to use SEO as your main marketing strategy, start with a hosting package from ITX Design.','Joomla SEO','','inherit','open','closed','','5736-revision-v1','','','2014-03-17 10:44:26','2014-03-17 14:44:26','',5736,'http://itxdesign.com/5736-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4708,1,'2014-01-23 19:40:48','2014-01-24 00:40:48','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4709\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"website-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/website-hosting.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"126\" />Starting Your Web Hosting Website</b>\r\n\r\nCreating a website provides one of the most important tools for any web hosting company. Whether you plan to make your money through affiliate commissions or you want to start a full-fledged hosting company, you need a website. <a title=\"reseller hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\">Hosting resellers</a> also need a web hosting website for many reasons.\r\n\r\n<b>Five Top Reasons Web Hosting Resellers Need a Website</b>\r\n\r\nIt will be very difficult to make any money as a hosting reseller without a website. However, with the right type of website, you can attract new clients and create a profitable business. Here are five reasons every hosting reseller needs their own website.\r\n\r\n<b>An Online Presence is Required</b>\r\n\r\nSince web hosting is something businesses and individuals use as the foundation of their website and blog, hosting resellers need a website, too. It will be very difficult to sell the services you offer without a website to direct potential customers to in order to make a purchase.\r\n\r\n<b>Online Marketing</b>\r\n\r\nMost web hosting companies and resellers don\'t market their services offline much. This is mainly due to the fact that most companies and individuals searching for hosting are doing it online. Without your own website, online marketing is nearly impossible.\r\n\r\n<b>Trust and Credibility</b>\r\n\r\nEvery individual or business owner goes through the process of finding the right hosting company for their website, they will use online reviews and websites to make this decision. However, if they want to research your hosting company and cannot find your website, you lose credibility.\r\n\r\nA professional designed website can help any hosting reseller create the right image to attract new clients. Your website will provide all the information needed for the potential client to make an informed decision. You will be able to connect with them and build trust through the information provided on your site.\r\n\r\n<b>Search Engine Optimization<img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4711\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"web-hosting-websites-seo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/web-hosting-websites-seo.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"247\" /></b>\r\n\r\nMost of the traffic generated online comes from Google, Yahoo and Bing. Other search engines also create large amounts of traffic for many websites each and every day. Without your own web hosting website, you cannot benefit from this traffic.\r\n\r\nSearch engine optimization or SEO is one of the most powerful online marketing strategies found today. After creating your own website, you can leverage the power of a blog and many other tools to boost your search engine ranking. This can help drive more traffic to your website and create larger profits.\r\n\r\n<b>It Just Makes Sense</b>\r\n\r\nWould you choose a hosting company for your new website if you couldn\'t find them online? Most would answer this question with an astounding \"no\". As a web hosting company or a hosting reseller, you need a website because it makes sense.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Start Your Web Hosting Website Today</b>\r\n\r\nCreating your new website is very simple. With the help of hosting from ITX Design, you can get started today. If you don\'t have a <a title=\"reseller hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\">reseller hosting</a> account yet and you plan to become a hosting reseller, you can choose from the four different reseller packages offered at ITX Design.\r\n\r\nOnce you\'ve opened your new hosting account, you will just need to use the tools provided to create your own website. Start with the site builder or easily install one of the top content management systems or CMS, such as <a title=\"wordpress or joomla\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-joomla-is-there-any-question-about-which-cms-is-best/\">WordPress or Joomla</a>, on your domain name.\r\n\r\nWith the tools provided in the cPanel area of your new hosting account, you can easily take your new web hosting business live today. At ITX Design, we want to make sure you have the right help whenever you need it. Our expert support team is available to answer any of your questions 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re not sure which hosting package is the right one for you, let us recommend the best choice for your specific needs. We offer hosting ranging from shared to <a title=\"dedicated servers\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\">dedicated servers</a> and they all come with the tools you will need to start your web hosting website today. Not only can you customize the design of your site, but you will also get tools to help with marketing and other aspects of your website.\r\n\r\nContact us today and we will guide you through the process of choosing the right hosting. We make it easy to create a reseller hosting account and take your new hosting business to the next level.','Web Hosting Websites','','publish','open','closed','','web-hosting-websites','','\nhttp://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/','2014-01-23 20:00:26','2014-01-24 01:00:26','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=4708',0,'post','',0),(4709,1,'2014-01-23 19:38:05','2014-01-24 00:38:05','','website-hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','website-hosting','','','2014-01-23 19:38:05','2014-01-24 00:38:05','',4708,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/website-hosting.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4710,1,'2014-01-23 19:39:48','2014-01-24 00:39:48','','11588127_s','','inherit','open','closed','','11588127_s','','','2014-01-23 19:39:48','2014-01-24 00:39:48','',4708,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/11588127_s.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4711,1,'2014-01-23 19:40:21','2014-01-24 00:40:21','','web-hosting-websites-seo','','inherit','open','closed','','web-hosting-websites-seo','','','2014-01-23 19:40:21','2014-01-24 00:40:21','',4708,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/web-hosting-websites-seo.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4712,1,'2014-01-23 19:40:48','2014-01-24 00:40:48','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4709\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"website-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/website-hosting.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"126\" />Starting Your Web Hosting Website</b>\r\n\r\nCreating a website provide one of the most important tools for any web hosting company. Whether you plan to make your money through affiliate commissions or you want to start a full-fledged hosting company, you need a website. Hosting resellers also need a web hosting website for many reasons.\r\n\r\n<b>Five Top Reasons Web Hosting Resellers Need a Website</b>\r\n\r\nIt will be very difficult to make any money as a hosting reseller without a website. However, with the right type of website, you can attract new clients and create a profitable business. Here are five reasons every hosting reseller needs their own website.\r\n\r\n<b>An Online Presence is Required</b>\r\n\r\nSince web hosting is something businesses and individuals use as the foundation of their website and blog, hosting resellers need a website, too. It will be very difficult to sell the services you offer without a website to direct potential customers to in order to make a purchase.\r\n\r\n<b>Online Marketing</b>\r\n\r\nMost web hosting companies and resellers don\'t market their services offline much. This is mainly due to the fact that most companies and individuals searching for hosting are doing it online. Without your own website, online marketing is nearly impossible.\r\n\r\n<b>Trust and Credibility</b>\r\n\r\nAs an individual or business owner goes through the process of finding the right hosting company for their website, they will use online reviews and websites to make this decision. However, if they want to research your hosting company and cannot find your website, you lose credulity.\r\n\r\nA professional designed website can help any hosting reseller create the right image to attract new clients. Your website will provide all the information needed for the potential client to make an informed decision. You will be able to connect with them and build trust through the information provided on your site.\r\n\r\n<b>Search Engine Optimization<img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4711\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"web-hosting-websites-seo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/web-hosting-websites-seo.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"247\" /></b>\r\n\r\nMost of the traffic generated online comes from Google, Yahoo and Bing. Other search engines also create large amounts of traffic for many website each and every day. Without your own web hosting website, you cannot benefit from this traffic.\r\n\r\nSearch engine optimization or SEO is one of the most powerful online marketing strategies found today. After creating your own website, you can leverage the power of a blog and many other tools to boost your search engine ranking. This can help drive more traffic to your website and create larger profits.\r\n\r\n<b>It Just Makes Sense</b>\r\n\r\nWould you choose a hosting company for your new website if you couldn\'t find them online? Most would answer this question with an astounding \"no\". As a web hosting company or a hosting reseller, you need a website because it makes sense.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Start Your Web Hosting Website Today</b>\r\n\r\nCreating your new website is very simple. With the help of hosting from ITX Design, you can get started today. If you don\'t have a reseller hosting account yet and you plan to become a hosting reseller, you can choose from the four different reseller package offered at ITX Design.\r\n\r\nOnce you\'ve opened your new hosting account, you will just need to use the tools provided to create your own website. Start with the site builder or easily install one of the top content management systems or CMS, such as WordPress or Joomla, on your domain name.\r\n\r\nWith the tools provided in the cPanel area of your new hosting account, you can easily take your new web hosting business live today. At ITX Design, we want to make sure you have the right help whenever you need it. Our expert support team is available to answer any of your questions 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re not sure which hosting package is the right one for you, let us recommend the best choice for your specific needs. We offer hosting ranging from shared to dedicated servers and they all come with the tools you will need to start your web hosting website today. Not only can you customize the design of your site, but you will also get tools to help with marketing and other aspects of your website.\r\n\r\nContact us today and we will guide you through the process of choosing the right hosting. We make it easy to create a reseller hosting account and take your new hosting business to the next level','Web Hosting Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4708-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 19:40:48','2014-01-24 00:40:48','',4708,'http://itxdesign.com/4708-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4716,1,'2014-01-23 19:59:54','2014-01-24 00:59:54','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4709\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"website-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/website-hosting.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"126\" />Starting Your Web Hosting Website</b>\n\nCreating a website provides one of the most important tools for any web hosting company. Whether you plan to make your money through affiliate commissions or you want to start a full-fledged hosting company, you need a website. <a title=\"reseller hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\">Hosting resellers</a> also need a web hosting website for many reasons.\n\n<b>Five Top Reasons Web Hosting Resellers Need a Website</b>\n\nIt will be very difficult to make any money as a hosting reseller without a website. However, with the right type of website, you can attract new clients and create a profitable business. Here are five reasons every hosting reseller needs their own website.\n\n<b>An Online Presence is Required</b>\n\nSince web hosting is something businesses and individuals use as the foundation of their website and blog, hosting resellers need a website, too. It will be very difficult to sell the services you offer without a website to direct potential customers to in order to make a purchase.\n\n<b>Online Marketing</b>\n\nMost web hosting companies and resellers don\'t market their services offline much. This is mainly due to the fact that most companies and individuals searching for hosting are doing it online. Without your own website, online marketing is nearly impossible.\n\n<b>Trust and Credibility</b>\n\nEvery individual or business owner goes through the process of finding the right hosting company for their website, they will use online reviews and websites to make this decision. However, if they want to research your hosting company and cannot find your website, you lose credibility.\n\nA professional designed website can help any hosting reseller create the right image to attract new clients. Your website will provide all the information needed for the potential client to make an informed decision. You will be able to connect with them and build trust through the information provided on your site.\n\n<b>Search Engine Optimization<img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4711\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"web-hosting-websites-seo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/web-hosting-websites-seo.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"247\" /></b>\n\nMost of the traffic generated online comes from Google, Yahoo and Bing. Other search engines also create large amounts of traffic for many websites each and every day. Without your own web hosting website, you cannot benefit from this traffic.\n\nSearch engine optimization or SEO is one of the most powerful online marketing strategies found today. After creating your own website, you can leverage the power of a blog and many other tools to boost your search engine ranking. This can help drive more traffic to your website and create larger profits.\n\n<b>It Just Makes Sense</b>\n\nWould you choose a hosting company for your new website if you couldn\'t find them online? Most would answer this question with an astounding \"no\". As a web hosting company or a hosting reseller, you need a website because it makes sense.\n\n<b>How to Start Your Web Hosting Website Today</b>\n\nCreating your new website is very simple. With the help of hosting from ITX Design, you can get started today. If you don\'t have a <a title=\"reseller hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\">reseller hosting</a> account yet and you plan to become a hosting reseller, you can choose from the four different reseller packages offered at ITX Design.\n\nOnce you\'ve opened your new hosting account, you will just need to use the tools provided to create your own website. Start with the site builder or easily install one of the top content management systems or CMS, such as <a title=\"wordpress or joomla\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-joomla-is-there-any-question-about-which-cms-is-best/\">WordPress or Joomla</a>, on your domain name.\n\nWith the tools provided in the cPanel area of your new hosting account, you can easily take your new web hosting business live today. At ITX Design, we want to make sure you have the right help whenever you need it. Our expert support team is available to answer any of your questions 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.\n\nIf you\'re not sure which hosting package is the right one for you, let us recommend the best choice for your specific needs. We offer hosting ranging from shared to dedicated servers and they all come with the tools you will need to start your web hosting website today. Not only can you customize the design of your site, but you will also get tools to help with marketing and other aspects of your website.\n\nContact us today and we will guide you through the process of choosing the right hosting. We make it easy to create a reseller hosting account and take your new hosting business to the next level','Web Hosting Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4708-autosave-v1','','','2014-01-23 19:59:54','2014-01-24 00:59:54','',4708,'http://itxdesign.com/4708-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(5736,1,'2014-03-17 14:12:11','2014-03-17 18:12:11','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5737\" alt=\"joomla-cms-seo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/joomla-cms-seo.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"126\" />Which Joomla SEO Extensions can Help You Boost Your Ranking?</b>\r\n\r\nJoomla is one of the more popular CMS or content management systems out there. If you choose <a title=\"joomla hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/joomla-hosting/\">Joomla</a> to build your website, it\'s important to use the right extensions. An extension is another way to say plugin and with Joomla, you will be using extensions.\r\n\r\nOne of the most important types of extensions is a Joomla SEO extension. Since SEO is one of the most important choices for your marketing strategy, getting the most out of an SEO extension for Joomla is very important.\r\n\r\n<b>Top Extensions for Better Joomla SEO</b>\r\n\r\nMany extensions can help you with your SEO and Metadata. Here are a few of the top choices to consider.\r\n\r\n<b>Header Tags</b>\r\n\r\nThis Joomla SEO Extension provides the ability to use heading tags from H1 to H6. It will search for your existing tags and help to improve your overall website SEO. It\'s very user-friendly and a good addition to your website for sure.\r\n\r\n<b>Easy Frontend SEO </b>\r\n\r\nIf you want to control the important metadata both automatically and manually, this is the right plugin for you. It makes creating better metadata easy for anybody using Joomla. You can edit all the metadata in the frontend and use this extension on every single page.\r\n\r\n<b>SEO-Generator</b>\r\n\r\nAutomatic generation of keywords and descriptions is handled by the SEO-Generator extension. This provide you with plenty of SEO help and gives you the ability to set the robot meta tags, Google webmaster verification keys and title configurations.\r\n\r\n<b>Title Manager</b>\r\n\r\nAnother way to create the best page titles with incredible SEO is with the Title Manager extension for Joomla. This extension provides you with the ability to display your site name with the page titles and many other features.\r\n\r\n<b>Perfect Link With Article Images on Facebook Pro</b>\r\n\r\nThis extension helps to solve the problem of sharing your Joomla website on Facebook without the right image. It will help you choose the right image and give you plenty of great SEO benefits from both the image and Facebook.\r\n\r\n<b>SEO Simple</b>\r\n\r\nUsing SEO Simple is, of course, simple. This plugin allows you to do things with the meta description tag. You will gain better SEO with your web pages and entire website by using this Joomla extension.\r\n\r\n<b>Xmap</b>\r\n\r\nThis awesome and free Joomla extension allows you to create your website site map. Once you\'ve created it, you will be able to submit it to the major search engines and gain better SEO.\r\n\r\n<b>SH404SEF</b>\r\n\r\nA very popular SEO extension SH404SEF allows you to customize the on-site SEO. It\'s not the only option, of course, but it\'s one many Joomla experts prefer. With this plugin you can make all your URs search engine friendly, see all your 404 pages and set up 301 redirects when necessary.\r\n\r\n<b>Other Ways to Boost Your Joomla SEO</b>\r\n\r\nExtensions are not the only way to increase your SEO with a Joomla website. Along with plugins, you can use a blog, create more content, increase your website speed, share on social sites and so much more.\r\n\r\nThe blog is one of the most powerful ways to increase your overall SEO by expanding your content. Every website has pages promoting services, products or just providing good information. However, the blog will give you the ability to cover even more topics and interact with your visitors.\r\n\r\nIncreasing the speed of your website will help you go above and beyond compared to your competition. If both sites have the same overall SEO profile, but your site loads faster, it will most likely be listed first in the search engine results.\r\n\r\nAnother great way to increase your Joomla SEO is by sharing all over the many social sites out there. Social media has exploded and has changed SEO for good. Google, Bing and Yahoo count on social signals to help choose the best content to deliver to their users. Sharing on social sites also opens the possibility for millions of eyes to find your website.\r\n\r\n<b>Where to Start with Search Engine Optimization?</b>\r\n\r\nAll great SEO strategies start with reliable hosting with incredible speed. If you don\'t have the right foundation for your Joomla website, you will struggle to get the most out of your SEO strategy.\r\n\r\nITX Design provides great hosting with the fastest load times for your <a title=\"joomla hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/joomla-hosting/\">Joomla website</a>. If you want to use SEO as your main marketing strategy, start with a hosting package from ITX Design.','Joomla SEO','','publish','open','closed','','joomla-seo','','\nhttp://itxdesign.com/joomla-hosting/','2014-03-17 10:44:26','2014-03-17 14:44:26','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=5736',0,'post','',0),(5734,1,'2014-03-17 10:41:33','2014-03-17 14:41:33','','how-does-ftp-work','','inherit','open','closed','','how-does-ftp-work-2','','','2014-03-17 10:41:33','2014-03-17 14:41:33','',5732,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-does-ftp-work.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5735,1,'2014-03-17 10:41:45','2014-03-17 14:41:45','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5734\" alt=\"how-does-ftp-work\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-does-ftp-work.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />A Simple FTP Guide for Beginners - How Does FTP Work?</b>\r\n\r\nMaybe you\'re new to the world of hosting and you\'ve found out using FTP is important to your specific project. Understanding how FTP works will make a difference for many webmasters. Here\'s a quick and easy to follow guide perfect for beginners using FTP for the first time.\r\n\r\n<b>What is FTP?</b>\r\n\r\nFTP stands for File Transfer Protocol. It allows networked computers to communicate with each other via the internet. If you\'ve ever downloaded something from the internet, there\'s a good chance you\'ve used FTP without even knowing it.\r\n\r\n<b>Simple Instructions for Using an FTP</b>\r\n\r\nUsing an FTP doesn\'t have to be difficult any longer. Here are a few quick steps to help you use it properly.\r\n<ol>\r\n	<li>Start by opening the FTP client program.</li>\r\n	<li>Enter the FTP host name, username and password.</li>\r\n	<li>Browse for the files you want to transfer</li>\r\n	<li>Click and highlight the file you want to send and click \"OK.\"</li>\r\n	<li>Enter the destination file route for the transferred file and click \"OK.\"</li>\r\n</ol>\r\nThat\'s all it takes to use an FTP. It\'s very simple and once you use it a couple of times, it will become easier for you to understand and use.\r\n\r\n<b>Why Would You Need to Know How an FTP Works?</b>\r\n\r\nThe main reason to understand how an FTP works is to move files. This is the main function of an FTP and most use it for larger files. Instead of trying to email or put the files on another type of drive, you can send them with an FTP.\r\n\r\nSome of the most common uses for FTP include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Transferring website files from one host to another</li>\r\n	<li>Sending large files to clients</li>\r\n	<li>Uploading files from your computer to your website hosting account</li>\r\n	<li>Computer backup</li>\r\n	<li>Download files</li>\r\n	<li>Gaming</li>\r\n	<li>Online Auctions</li>\r\n	<li>Sharing music files</li>\r\n	<li>And More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAny application with the need to send, receive, download or upload files can utilize FTP to make the task easier. Whether you need to send a large file to a client or you\'re a student needing to download course materials, you\'re probably using an FTP and you don\'t even know it.\r\n\r\n<b>Benefits of FTP</b>\r\n\r\nFTP has many uses and provides many benefits. Some of the most common benefits include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><i>Global Collaboration</i> - Companies can use FTP to provide employees with file sharing options. This makes it possible for workers from all over the globe to work together on a project.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Online File Storage</i> - FTP is used to help back up important files quite often. It can be set up to automatically handle this task during off-peak hours.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Faster File Transfers</i> - Instead of waiting forever for a file to show up, using FTP can make it much easier to upload or download a file.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Less Printing and Shipping</i> - No longer do you have to print 100-page documents and mail them to a client. With FTP, you can simply transfer the file to the client and let them read it on their computer.</li>\r\n	<li><i>Managing Documents</i> - An FTP provides the ability to store all your files on a remote server. Others can access the server, as well. This allows a company to provide better document management.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAll of these benefits and many more are provided with the use of FTP.\r\n\r\n<b>How Does FTP Fit into the Hosting Industry?</b>\r\n\r\nHosting and FTP go hand-in-hand. Some web designers use FTP to upload complete websites once the design is done. They can do the design offline and upload it to the right hosting account when the time is right.\r\n\r\nCommonly, FTP us utilized to move an entire hosting account (multiple websites) from one host to another. It can even be used to move a hosting account when a client upgrades to a new level of hosting.\r\n\r\nMost hosting companies provide an FTP client free of charge with your hosting account. This makes it possible for anybody to take advantage of the many benefits provided by FTP.\r\n\r\nUnderstanding how FTP works and using it for specific tasks can provide many cost-saving benefits. If you need hosting with an FTP client, ITX Design provides a variety of choices from <a title=\"shared web hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\">shared</a> to <a title=\"dedicated servers\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\">dedicated hosting</a> with full 24/7 technical support.','How Does FTP Work','','inherit','open','closed','','5732-revision-v1','','','2014-03-17 10:41:45','2014-03-17 14:41:45','',5732,'http://itxdesign.com/5732-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4717,1,'2014-01-23 20:00:26','2014-01-24 01:00:26','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4709\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"website-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/website-hosting.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"126\" />Starting Your Web Hosting Website</b>\r\n\r\nCreating a website provides one of the most important tools for any web hosting company. Whether you plan to make your money through affiliate commissions or you want to start a full-fledged hosting company, you need a website. <a title=\"reseller hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\">Hosting resellers</a> also need a web hosting website for many reasons.\r\n\r\n<b>Five Top Reasons Web Hosting Resellers Need a Website</b>\r\n\r\nIt will be very difficult to make any money as a hosting reseller without a website. However, with the right type of website, you can attract new clients and create a profitable business. Here are five reasons every hosting reseller needs their own website.\r\n\r\n<b>An Online Presence is Required</b>\r\n\r\nSince web hosting is something businesses and individuals use as the foundation of their website and blog, hosting resellers need a website, too. It will be very difficult to sell the services you offer without a website to direct potential customers to in order to make a purchase.\r\n\r\n<b>Online Marketing</b>\r\n\r\nMost web hosting companies and resellers don\'t market their services offline much. This is mainly due to the fact that most companies and individuals searching for hosting are doing it online. Without your own website, online marketing is nearly impossible.\r\n\r\n<b>Trust and Credibility</b>\r\n\r\nEvery individual or business owner goes through the process of finding the right hosting company for their website, they will use online reviews and websites to make this decision. However, if they want to research your hosting company and cannot find your website, you lose credibility.\r\n\r\nA professional designed website can help any hosting reseller create the right image to attract new clients. Your website will provide all the information needed for the potential client to make an informed decision. You will be able to connect with them and build trust through the information provided on your site.\r\n\r\n<b>Search Engine Optimization<img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4711\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"web-hosting-websites-seo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/web-hosting-websites-seo.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"247\" /></b>\r\n\r\nMost of the traffic generated online comes from Google, Yahoo and Bing. Other search engines also create large amounts of traffic for many websites each and every day. Without your own web hosting website, you cannot benefit from this traffic.\r\n\r\nSearch engine optimization or SEO is one of the most powerful online marketing strategies found today. After creating your own website, you can leverage the power of a blog and many other tools to boost your search engine ranking. This can help drive more traffic to your website and create larger profits.\r\n\r\n<b>It Just Makes Sense</b>\r\n\r\nWould you choose a hosting company for your new website if you couldn\'t find them online? Most would answer this question with an astounding \"no\". As a web hosting company or a hosting reseller, you need a website because it makes sense.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Start Your Web Hosting Website Today</b>\r\n\r\nCreating your new website is very simple. With the help of hosting from ITX Design, you can get started today. If you don\'t have a <a title=\"reseller hosting\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\">reseller hosting</a> account yet and you plan to become a hosting reseller, you can choose from the four different reseller packages offered at ITX Design.\r\n\r\nOnce you\'ve opened your new hosting account, you will just need to use the tools provided to create your own website. Start with the site builder or easily install one of the top content management systems or CMS, such as <a title=\"wordpress or joomla\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/wordpress-vs-joomla-is-there-any-question-about-which-cms-is-best/\">WordPress or Joomla</a>, on your domain name.\r\n\r\nWith the tools provided in the cPanel area of your new hosting account, you can easily take your new web hosting business live today. At ITX Design, we want to make sure you have the right help whenever you need it. Our expert support team is available to answer any of your questions 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re not sure which hosting package is the right one for you, let us recommend the best choice for your specific needs. We offer hosting ranging from shared to <a title=\"dedicated servers\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\">dedicated servers</a> and they all come with the tools you will need to start your web hosting website today. Not only can you customize the design of your site, but you will also get tools to help with marketing and other aspects of your website.\r\n\r\nContact us today and we will guide you through the process of choosing the right hosting. We make it easy to create a reseller hosting account and take your new hosting business to the next level.','Web Hosting Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4708-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 20:00:26','2014-01-24 01:00:26','',4708,'http://itxdesign.com/4708-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4721,1,'2014-01-23 20:29:59','2014-01-24 01:29:59','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-1822\" alt=\"pci-credit-cards\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/pci-credit-cards.jpg\" width=\"400\" height=\"262\" />What is PCI Compliant Hosting?</b>\r\n\r\nIf you run a business, and you accept credit cards, it\'s important to understand the answer to the question, What is PCI Compliance? A simple answer isn\'t enough and PCI applies to all organizations, no matter how big or small, accepting credit and debit cards.\r\n\r\n<b>The Definition of PCI Compliance</b>\r\n\r\nPCI stands for Payment Card Industry and the PCI DSS or Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard is a set of requirements all companies processing credit cards must follow. The basic requirement includes providing a secure environment for the processing of credit card transactions.\r\n\r\nThe PCI SSC or Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council was created on September 7, 2006. This council has the job of managing the evolution of the Payment Card Industry with a focus on improving security. The PCI SSC administers and manages the PCI DSS and was created by major payment card brands, such as Discover, JCB, American Express, Visa and MasterCard.\r\n\r\n<b>How Important is PCI Compliance?</b>\r\n\r\nProtecting consumers is vital to the success of online and offline businesses. With identity theft at an all-time high, PCI Compliance is more important than ever. Before PCI Compliance was a requirement of businesses processing credit cards, identity theft number were through the roof. It\'s still a major problem, but PCI Compliances helps to prevent this crime.\r\n\r\nMaintaining the PCI Compliance standard requires companies to conduct specific tests, such as quarterly scans, onsite reviews and self-assessment questionnaires. Making sure your company remains complaint is more than just trying to avoid fines, it\'s a matter of good business. When companies remain PCI Compliant, they can deliver services over a larger customer Chanel, reduce customer risk and maintain a trusting relationship with customers.\r\n\r\n<b>The 12-Point Check</b>\r\n\r\nTwelve things are necessary to provide the right environment for processing credit card transactions according to PCI Compliance. The requirements include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Don\'t use vendor-supplied passwords and security parameters</li>\r\n	<li>Protect any stored cardholder information</li>\r\n	<li>Install and maintain a firewall for cardholder protection</li>\r\n	<li>Encrypt the transmission of cardholder information across public networks</li>\r\n	<li>Install, use and update antivirus software</li>\r\n	<li>Assigning a unique ID to every person with access to the computers</li>\r\n	<li>Track and monitor all network access and cardholder information</li>\r\n	<li>Develop and maintain secure applications and systems</li>\r\n	<li>Restrict access to cardholder data by business need-to-know</li>\r\n	<li>Restrict physical access to cardholder information</li>\r\n	<li>Maintain a policy addressing information security</li>\r\n	<li>Test security systems and processes regularly</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<b>Hosting with PCI Compliant Servers<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-1823\" alt=\"pci-security-shield\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/pci-security-shield.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" /></b>\r\n\r\nMaking sure your servers are PCI Compliant is vital to your business. Not only could you end up paying massive noncompliance fines, but you will also let your customers down. Without adhering to the above guidelines, you could put your customers at risk of identity theft.\r\n\r\nAll the servers at The Host Group have been updated for PCI Compliance. When you host with one of our packages, you don\'t have to worry about noncompliance fines or putting your customers at risk. We offer both VPS and Dedicated servers with PCI complaint default settings. Our team is aware changes made to these servers could affect your PCI Compliance, as well.\r\n\r\nOur support team will work with you to ensure your server remains PCI Complaint, if you experience an issue. Choosing the right hosting company will help you remain PCI Compliance, as some of the requirements are handled directly by your host. Other aspects of meeting the standards are handled by your payment processor and some are handled by the merchant, or you.\r\n\r\nAt The Host Group, we take care of all the PCI compliance requirements and make sure you meet the standards. With our help, you won\'t need to worry about PCI Compliance anymore. It will be taken care of and your customers will be protected.\r\n\r\n<b>Remain PCI Complaint with Our Help</b>\r\n\r\nThe SSL/Secure Certificates we provide, ensure anytime you transmit credit card information, it happens over a secure network. This is a very important part of remaining PCI Complaint. We also offer shopping carts, order pages and website coding specifically set up to adhere to the requirements of PCI Compliance.\r\n\r\nWith The Host Group, you won\'t need to worry. We keep you PCI Complaint to ensure you provide the best user experience for any customer purchasing from your website. With the right security measures and policies in place, you and your customers will remain protected.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','PCI Compliant Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','1821-revision-v1','','','2014-01-23 20:29:59','2014-01-24 01:29:59','',1821,'http://itxdesign.com/1821-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(5150,1,'2014-02-08 11:13:02','2014-02-08 16:13:02','','wocommerce-ecommerce-cart','','inherit','open','closed','','wocommerce-ecommerce-cart','','','2014-02-08 11:13:02','2014-02-08 16:13:02','',5148,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/wocommerce-ecommerce-cart.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5151,1,'2014-02-08 11:15:11','2014-02-08 16:15:11','','install-woocommerce','','inherit','open','closed','','install-woocommerce','','','2014-02-08 11:15:11','2014-02-08 16:15:11','',5148,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/install-woocommerce.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5152,1,'2014-02-08 11:15:51','2014-02-08 16:15:51','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5149\" alt=\"woo-commerce-small-logo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/woo-commerce-small-logo.jpg\" width=\"160\" height=\"160\" />Create a WordPress eCommerce Store With WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce</b>\r\n\r\nThe WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce plugin is a very powerful way to create a hybrid between your WordPress website and your eCommerce online store. With enterprise-level quality and plenty of features, you will gain the power you need from this top WordPress plugin.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to creating an online store, you certainly need to employ the right tools for payment acceptance, organization, flexibility, customization and management. The right eCommerce solution will make a huge difference and WooCommerce is one of the best choices.\r\n\r\n<b>What do You Get with WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce?</b>\r\n\r\nThis plugin gives you the strength and flexibility of a design specifically for WordPress on both the back-end and the front-end. Since it was designed specifically for WordPress users, you get an intuitive plugin with excellent efficiency.\r\n\r\nThe smart dashboard provides reports and widgets to help with managing inventory, sales and the performance of your store. Making management easier for you is built-in to the plugin.\r\n\r\nAlong with the many helpful features for management, the WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce plugin provides plenty of customization. You can create the online store to look and function the way you need. It can be paired with one of the WordPress themes from WooCommerce or you can customize your own with the widgets and shortcodes provided\r\n\r\nAs one of the top WordPress plugins available this eCommerce choice works with any theme created for WordPress. This makes it possible to use it with the default WordPress themes, any custom option or any premium option you prefer.\r\n\r\nIt doesn\'t matter if you have thousands of products to list in your store or just a few, you can use the WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce plugin to create your online store. The plugin comes with the following shipping methods, payment gateways and integrations:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>ShareYourCart - Allows customers to share their purchases to earn a coupon.<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-5150\" alt=\"wocommerce-ecommerce-cart\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/wocommerce-ecommerce-cart.jpg\" width=\"169\" height=\"168\" /></li>\r\n	<li>PayPal Standard Gateway - Accept PayPal payments and major credit cards.</li>\r\n	<li>BACS, Cheque and Cash on Delivery</li>\r\n	<li>Google Analytics</li>\r\n	<li>Sharedaddy and ShareThis - Allows customers to shared products with friends</li>\r\n	<li>Mijireh Checkout - Allows you to accept credit cards with eWay, Braintree, PayLeap, Sagepay, Authorize.net, Stripe, PayPal and more.</li>\r\n	<li>Flat Rate Shipping</li>\r\n	<li>Free Shipping</li>\r\n	<li>International Delivery</li>\r\n	<li>Local Delivery</li>\r\n	<li>Local Pickup</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThese are just some of the many features provided with this very powerful WordPress plugin. Along with the features, WooCommerce provides a user guide to make it easy for anybody to learn how to set up their own online store.\r\n\r\n<b>What are the Minimum Requirements?</b>\r\n\r\nAs with must plugins, you must have a WordPress site that meets specific requirements or the plugin won\'t function properly. The minimum requirements of WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>WordPress 3.5 or better - The most up-to-date version is recommended</li>\r\n	<li>MySQL version 5.0 or greater</li>\r\n	<li>PHP version 5.2.4 or greater</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAlong with these minimum requirements, you may need fsockopen support for some of the payment gateways.\r\n\r\n<strong><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5151\" alt=\"install-woocommerce\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/install-woocommerce.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Installing the WooCommerce WordPress Plugin</strong>\r\n\r\nInstallation is very easy and can be done in multiple ways. The easiest way to install the plugin is to download the .zip folder from the official plugin page. Once downloaded, just log into your WordPress dashboard, go to \"plugins,\" click \"add new\" and go to the \"upload\" option. Select the .zip folder you downloaded from your computer and install the plugin. Once installed, just click \"activate\" and you\'re all set\r\n\r\nAlong with the basic WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce plugin, you have the option to add premium extensions. These can help with many things including:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Dynamic Pricing</li>\r\n	<li>Gravity Forms Addons</li>\r\n	<li>Product Enquiry Form</li>\r\n	<li>Google Product Feed</li>\r\n	<li>Newsletter Subscription</li>\r\n	<li>Product Addons</li>\r\n	<li>Currency Conversion</li>\r\n	<li>Facebook Integration</li>\r\n	<li>And More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nYou can find the premium extensions at the WooCommerce website and through the plugin page in the WordPress database\r\n\r\nThe Power of Your Online Store\r\n\r\nSetting up an online store provides a great way to drive sales and make more money from your business. If you sell products on a regular basis, opening an online store only makes sense.\r\n\r\nThose planning to use WordPress or already using WordPress, need the right solution for their new online store. The WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce provides the best and most popular eCommerce solution for WordPress. If you want to use one of the top WordPress plugins for your online store, get started with the plugin from WooCommerce today.','WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce','','inherit','open','closed','','5148-revision-v1','','','2014-02-08 11:15:51','2014-02-08 16:15:51','',5148,'http://itxdesign.com/5148-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(5148,1,'2014-02-10 09:33:32','2014-02-10 14:33:32','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5149\" alt=\"woo-commerce-small-logo\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/woo-commerce-small-logo.jpg\" width=\"160\" height=\"160\" />Create a WordPress eCommerce Store With WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce</b>\r\n\r\nThe WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce plugin is a very powerful way to create a hybrid between your WordPress website and your eCommerce online store. With enterprise-level quality and plenty of features, you will gain the power you need from this top WordPress plugin.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to creating an online store, you certainly need to employ the right tools for payment acceptance, organization, flexibility, customization and management. The right eCommerce solution will make a huge difference and WooCommerce is one of the best choices.\r\n\r\n<b>What do You Get with WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce?</b>\r\n\r\nThis plugin gives you the strength and flexibility of a design specifically for WordPress on both the back-end and the front-end. Since it was designed specifically for WordPress users, you get an intuitive plugin with excellent efficiency.\r\n\r\nThe smart dashboard provides reports and widgets to help with managing inventory, sales and the performance of your store. Making management easier for you is built-in to the plugin.\r\n\r\nAlong with the many helpful features for management, the WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce plugin provides plenty of customization. You can create the online store to look and function the way you need. It can be paired with one of the WordPress themes from WooCommerce or you can customize your own with the widgets and shortcodes provided\r\n\r\nAs one of the top WordPress plugins available this eCommerce choice works with any theme created for WordPress. This makes it possible to use it with the default WordPress themes, any custom option or any premium option you prefer.\r\n\r\nIt doesn\'t matter if you have thousands of products to list in your store or just a few, you can use the WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce plugin to create your online store. The plugin comes with the following shipping methods, payment gateways and integrations:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>ShareYourCart - Allows customers to share their purchases to earn a coupon.<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-5150\" alt=\"wocommerce-ecommerce-cart\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/wocommerce-ecommerce-cart.jpg\" width=\"169\" height=\"168\" /></li>\r\n	<li>PayPal Standard Gateway - Accept PayPal payments and major credit cards.</li>\r\n	<li>BACS, Cheque and Cash on Delivery</li>\r\n	<li>Google Analytics</li>\r\n	<li>Sharedaddy and ShareThis - Allows customers to shared products with friends</li>\r\n	<li>Mijireh Checkout - Allows you to accept credit cards with eWay, Braintree, PayLeap, Sagepay, Authorize.net, Stripe, PayPal and more.</li>\r\n	<li>Flat Rate Shipping</li>\r\n	<li>Free Shipping</li>\r\n	<li>International Delivery</li>\r\n	<li>Local Delivery</li>\r\n	<li>Local Pickup</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThese are just some of the many features provided with this very powerful WordPress plugin. Along with the features, WooCommerce provides a user guide to make it easy for anybody to learn how to set up their own online store.\r\n\r\n<b>What are the Minimum Requirements?</b>\r\n\r\nAs with must plugins, you must have a WordPress site that meets specific requirements or the plugin won\'t function properly. The minimum requirements of WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>WordPress 3.5 or better - The most up-to-date version is recommended</li>\r\n	<li>MySQL version 5.0 or greater</li>\r\n	<li>PHP version 5.2.4 or greater</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nAlong with these minimum requirements, you may need fsockopen support for some of the payment gateways.\r\n\r\n<strong><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5151\" alt=\"install-woocommerce\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/install-woocommerce.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Installing the WooCommerce WordPress Plugin</strong>\r\n\r\nInstallation is very easy and can be done in multiple ways. The easiest way to install the plugin is to download the .zip folder from the official plugin page. Once downloaded, just log into your WordPress dashboard, go to \"plugins,\" click \"add new\" and go to the \"upload\" option. Select the .zip folder you downloaded from your computer and install the plugin. Once installed, just click \"activate\" and you\'re all set\r\n\r\nAlong with the basic WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce plugin, you have the option to add premium extensions. These can help with many things including:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Dynamic Pricing</li>\r\n	<li>Gravity Forms Addons</li>\r\n	<li>Product Enquiry Form</li>\r\n	<li>Google Product Feed</li>\r\n	<li>Newsletter Subscription</li>\r\n	<li>Product Addons</li>\r\n	<li>Currency Conversion</li>\r\n	<li>Facebook Integration</li>\r\n	<li>And More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nYou can find the premium extensions at the WooCommerce website and through the plugin page in the WordPress database\r\n\r\nThe Power of Your Online Store\r\n\r\nSetting up an online store provides a great way to drive sales and make more money from your business. If you sell products on a regular basis, opening an online store only makes sense.\r\n\r\nThose planning to use WordPress or already using WordPress, need the right solution for their new online store. The WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce provides the best and most popular eCommerce solution for WordPress. If you want to use one of the top WordPress plugins for your online store, get started with the plugin from WooCommerce today.','WooCommerce - excelling eCommerce','','publish','open','closed','','woocommerce-excelling-ecommerce','','','2014-02-10 09:34:16','2014-02-10 14:34:16','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=5148',0,'post','',0),(5149,1,'2014-02-08 11:12:32','2014-02-08 16:12:32','','woo-commerce-small-logo','','inherit','open','closed','','woo-commerce-small-logo','','','2014-02-08 11:12:32','2014-02-08 16:12:32','',5148,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/woo-commerce-small-logo.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4727,4,'2014-01-24 09:43:15','2014-01-24 14:43:15','<b>Creating Your Own EMT Website</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4746\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"emt-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-websites.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"130\" />If you\'ve worked at an emergency medical technician for many years or even if you’re new to the job, creating your own EMT website may be very beneficial. Websites have become more than just a way for businesses to gain more customers. They can be very personal and even help you create your own community of friends and family.\r\n\r\nEMTs work in a very physically demanding field and they provide a very necessary service to the community. Responding to tragedies is part of the job and it takes the right type of person for this type of job. Once you decide to become an EMT, you must go through the proper training. Four levels of training are provided including:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Emergency Response Technician or First Responder</li>\r\n	<li>EMT-Basic</li>\r\n	<li>EMT-Intermediate</li>\r\n	<li>EMT-Paramedic</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nEach level requires a certain number of hours ranging from 40 to 1,200 hours of training. If you complete the EMT-Paramedic training, most states will award an associate’s degree for your training.\r\n\r\n<b>Why Should You Create an EMT Website?</b>\r\n\r\nHaving your own EMT website can benefit you in many ways. Not only will you be able to communicate with others, but you will also be able to use the website as an online resume. What if you move from one city to another or you decide you want to look for a new position somewhere else? An online resume you can list on your paper resume can be very beneficial.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4747\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"emt-website-moses\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-website-moses.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Along with acting as your online resume, creating your own EMT website can help you provide necessary information to others considering becoming an EMT. You can inform them of the training you\'ve been through, how difficult or easy it was and the many other things associated with your job.\r\n\r\nYour own EMT website also provides the opportunity to create a blog. With a blog, you can post about the things you\'ve seen, done and the experiences you encounter as an EMT. This is a great way to build awareness about the reality associated with the job.\r\n\r\nThis website can become a resource for others to use, if they are considering becoming an EMT. It\'s also a great way to connect with other EMTs to discuss the different parts of the job. You can create a discussion forum and connect with EMTs across the globe, talk about new equipment, new technology and many other parts of the job.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Create an EMT Website</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4748\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"emt-websites-flag\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-websites-flag.jpg\" width=\"113\" height=\"168\" />Creating a website isn\'t all that difficult. It starts with choosing a hosting package from a reputable company, such as ITX Design. Your hosting package will include a number of tools you can use to create just about any type of website you could imagine. Whether you use the free site builder or you choose a content management system, such as WordPress or Joomla, you can have your website live in a matter of minutes.\r\n\r\nOf course, once you create your website, you will need content to fill the pages. One of the pages should be your online resume, which you can use whenever you need to find a new position within your field. The other pages can vary, depending on what you want to offer. You can provide information about the products you use, help with EMT training, information about continued education or anything you would like.\r\n\r\nWhen you choose ITX Design for your hosting, you will also gain access to the necessary tools for creating a discussion forum, a blog or even an online store. You can use these tools to easily provide a way for other EMTs to discuss the industry online and a place for you to share your thoughts and stories. A blog can be very beneficial in keeping the community informed and it provides a place for you to share your own thoughts.\r\n\r\n<b>Getting Started</b>\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to create your own EMT website, but you\'re not sure where to start, we can help. At ITX Design, we provide hosting starting as low as $4.95 per month and all the technical support you will need. We make it easy for you to start your own website today.\r\n\r\nContact us and we will walk you through the process of getting your own domain name and hosting. Our team will help answer your questions at you create your EMT website.','EMT Websites','','publish','open','closed','','emt-websites','','','2014-01-27 08:49:39','2014-01-27 13:49:39','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=4727',0,'post','',0),(4728,1,'2014-01-24 00:44:02','2014-01-24 05:44:02','<b>Creating Your Own EMT Website</b>\r\n\r\nIf you\'ve worked at an emergency medical technician for many years or even if you’re new to the job, creating your own EMT website may be very beneficial. Websites have become more than just a way for businesses to gain more customers. They can be very personal and even help you create your own community of friends and family.\r\n\r\nEMTs work in a very physically demanding field and they provide a very necessary service to the community. Responding to tragedies is part of the job and it takes the right type of person for this type of job. Once you decide to become an EMT, you must go through the proper training. Four levels of training are provided including:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Emergency Response Technician or First Responder</li>\r\n	<li>EMT-Basic</li>\r\n	<li>EMT-Intermediate</li>\r\n	<li>EMT-Paramedic</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nEach level requires a certain number of hours ranging from 40 to 1,200 hours of training. If you complete the EMT-Paramedic training, most states will award an associate’s degree for your training.\r\n\r\n<b>Why Should You Create an EMT Website?</b>\r\n\r\nHaving your own EMT website can benefit you in many ways. Not only will you be able to communicate with others, but you will also be able to use the website as an online resume. What if you move from one city to another or you decide you want to look for a new position somewhere else? An online resume you can list on your paper resume can be very beneficial.\r\n\r\nAlong with acting as your online resume, creating your own EMT website can help you provide necessary information to others considering becoming an EMT. You can inform them of the training you\'ve been through, how difficult or easy it was and the many other things associated with your job.\r\n\r\nYour own EMT website also provides the opportunity to create a blog. With a blog, you can post about the things you\'ve seen, done and the experiences you encounter as an EMT. This is a great way to build awareness about the reality associated with the job.\r\n\r\nThis website can become a resource for others to use, if they are considering becoming an EMT. It\'s also a great way to connect with other EMTs to discuss the different parts of the job. You can create a discussion forum and connect with EMTs across the globe, talk about new equipment, new technology and many other parts of the job.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Create an EMT Website</b>\r\n\r\nCreating a website isn\'t all that difficult. It starts with choosing a hosting package from a reputable company, such as ITX Design. Your hosting package will include a number of tools you can use to create just about any type of website you could imagine. Whether you use the free site builder or you choose a content management system, such as WordPress or Joomla, you can have your website live in a matter of minutes.\r\n\r\nOf course, once you create your website, you will need content to fill the pages. One of the pages should be your online resume, which you can use whenever you need to find a new position within your field. The other pages can vary, depending on what you want to offer. You can provide information about the products you use, help with EMT training, information about continued education or anything you would like.\r\n\r\nWhen you choose ITX Design for your hosting, you will also gain access to the necessary tools for creating a discussion forum, a blog or even an online store. You can use these tools to easily provide a way for other EMTs to discuss the industry online and a place for you to share your thoughts and stories. A blog can be very beneficial in keeping the community informed and it provides a place for you to share your own thoughts.\r\n\r\n<b>Getting Started</b>\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to create your own EMT website, but you\'re not sure where to start, we can help. At ITX Design, we provide hosting starting as low as $4.95 per month and all the technical support you will need. We make it easy for you to start your own website today.\r\n\r\nContact us and we will walk you through the process of getting your own domain name and hosting. Our team will help answer your questions at you create your EMT website.','EMT Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4727-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:44:02','2014-01-24 05:44:02','',4727,'http://itxdesign.com/4727-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4729,4,'2014-01-24 11:15:13','2014-01-24 16:15:13','<b>Do Police Officers Need a Website?</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-4739 alignright\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"police-websites-car\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites-car.jpg\" width=\"450\" height=\"346\" />Police officers work in a professional field that can lead to many new opportunities. Whether you\'re just starting out or you\'ve been an officer of the law for many years, you need a website.\r\n\r\nA website allows you to document your skills, achievements and show off all the accomplishments of your career. It acts as a personal resume and will make moving from one job to another much easier.\r\n\r\n<b>Future Opportunities</b>\r\n\r\nAs you grow in your career, you may have aspirations to move from a local position to the state level or even the federal level. Your website will help the decision makers understand what you\'ve accomplished and why you\'re right for the job.\r\n\r\nCreating and maintaining your own website also shows that you understand current technology. This can be very beneficial as you move up the rankings.\r\n\r\nA day may come when you decide to leave the police force to pursue a career as a private investigator or in the private security sector of the industry. If this should happen, your website will make the move much smoother.\r\n\r\nYou will be able to add your URL to any resumes you provide potential employers. Typically, a paper resume is only one sheet, but with your website listed at the top, they can find out all the necessary information needed to invite you in for an interview.\r\n\r\n<b>Going From the Big Stack to the Small Stack</b>\r\n\r\nResumes are often sifted through by decision makers and a large stack are filed away never to be seen again. However, a smaller stack are the prime candidates that stood out. Usually, these are the individuals the company plans to interview.\r\n\r\nPutting your resume on card stock may seem like an easy way to stand out, but that\'s just one thing you can do. Including a link to your website at the top will give the decision maker the ability to see more of what you\'ve accomplished. They can visit your site and really get to know who you are and what you\'ve accomplished throughout your career. This may just be the reason you end up in the small stack.\r\n\r\n<b><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4741\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"police-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites.jpg\" width=\"109\" height=\"168\" />What Kind of Police Website Do You Need?</b>\r\n\r\nYou don\'t have to create a fancy police website to show off your accomplishments and skills. A simple website with a few pages and a blog you update occasionally will put you ahead of your competition. Your website should include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>About You Page</li>\r\n	<li>Contact Page</li>\r\n	<li>Achievements/Awards Page</li>\r\n	<li>Resume Page</li>\r\n	<li>Blog</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nYou can add a few other pages if you desire, as well. However, these are the main pages you need for your website and blog. Once you\'re up and running, you will want to create new posts to your blog once or twice a week. If you decide to enter the private sector or become a private investigator, you will already have a website ready to attract attention.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Get Started</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4742\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"police-websites-stop\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites-stop.jpg\" width=\"135\" height=\"168\" />Starting a new website may seem like a lot of work, but it\'s not as time consuming as most think. It starts with the right hosting company. You need the right tools and a stable foundation, which both come from the hosting company you choose.\r\n\r\nFor police websites, using WordPress will make it very easy to get your website up and running quickly. ITX Design provides a variety of hosting packages starting at $4.95 per month. All hosting packages from ITX Design include the tools you need to get your site started quickly.\r\n\r\nOnce you\'ve signed up for your hosting account, simply log into your cPanel admin area, install WordPress on your domain name and start creating your website. You can choose from thousands of free themes to create the look and layout of your site. WordPress also provides thousands of plugins making it very easy to customize your website.\r\n\r\nWordPress is one of the most user-friendly ways to get your website up and running fast. They make it easy to create police websites with blogs, which provide exactly what you need.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to start your own police website, but you\'re not sure where to start, contact us today. Our support team will be happy to recommend the right hosting package for your specific needs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Police Websites','','publish','open','closed','','police-websites','','','2014-01-27 08:49:39','2014-01-27 13:49:39','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=4729',0,'post','',0),(4730,1,'2014-01-24 00:44:42','2014-01-24 05:44:42','<b>Do Police Officers Need a Website?</b>\r\n\r\nPolice officers work in a professional field that can lead to many new opportunities. Whether you\'re just starting out or you\'ve been an officer of the law for many years, you need a website.\r\n\r\nA website allows you to document your skills, achievements and show off all the accomplishments of your career. It acts as a personal resume and will make moving from one job to another much easier.\r\n\r\n<b>Future Opportunities</b>\r\n\r\nAs you grow in your career, you may have aspirations to move from a local position to the state level or even the federal level. Your website will help the decision makers understand what you\'ve accomplished and why you\'re right for the job.\r\n\r\nCreating and maintaining your own website also shows that you understand current technology. This can be very beneficial as you move up the rankings.\r\n\r\nA day may come when you decide to leave the police force to pursue a career as a private investigator or in the private security sector of the industry. If this should happen, your website will make the move much smoother.\r\n\r\nYou will be able to add your URL to any resumes you provide potential employers. Typically, a paper resume is only one sheet, but with your website listed at the top, they can find out all the necessary information needed to invite you in for an interview.\r\n\r\n<b>Going From the Big Stack to the Small Stack</b>\r\n\r\nResumes are often sifted through by decision makers and a large stack are filed away never to be seen again. However, a smaller stack are the prime candidates that stood out. Usually, these are the individuals the company plans to interview.\r\n\r\nPutting your resume on card stock may seem like an easy way to stand out, but that\'s just one thing you can do. Including a link to your website at the top will give the decision maker the ability to see more of what you\'ve accomplished. They can visit your site and really get to know who you are and what you\'ve accomplished throughout your career. This may just be the reason you end up in the small stack.\r\n\r\n<b>What Kind of Police Website Do You Need?</b>\r\n\r\nYou don\'t have to create a fancy police website to show off your accomplishments and skills. A simple website with a few pages and a blog you update occasionally will put you ahead of your competition. Your website should include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>About You Page</li>\r\n	<li>Contact Page</li>\r\n	<li>Achievements/Awards Page</li>\r\n	<li>Resume Page</li>\r\n	<li>Blog</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nYou can add a few other pages if you desire, as well. However, these are the main pages you need for your website and blog. Once you\'re up and running, you will want to create new posts to your blog once or twice a week. If you decide to enter the private sector or become a private investigator, you will already have a website ready to attract attention.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Get Started</b>\r\n\r\nStarting a new website may seem like a lot of work, but it\'s not as time consuming as most think. It starts with the right hosting company. You need the right tools and a stable foundation, which both come from the hosting company you choose.\r\n\r\nFor police websites, using WordPress will make it very easy to get your website up and running quickly. ITX Design provides a variety of hosting packages starting at $4.95 per month. All hosting packages from ITX Design include the tools you need to get your site started quickly.\r\n\r\nOnce you\'ve signed up for your hosting account, simply log into your cPanel admin area, install WordPress on your domain name and start creating your website. You can choose from thousands of free themes to create the look and layout of your site. WordPress also provides thousands of plugins making it very easy to customize your website.\r\n\r\nWordPress is one of the most user-friendly ways to get your website up and running fast. They make it easy to create police websites with blogs, which provide exactly what you need.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to start your own police website, but you\'re not sure where to start, contact us today. Our support team will be happy to recommend the right hosting package for your specific needs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Police Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4729-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:44:42','2014-01-24 05:44:42','',4729,'http://itxdesign.com/4729-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4731,4,'2014-01-24 13:36:04','2014-01-24 18:36:04','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4734\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"fire-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/fire-websites.jpg\" width=\"123\" height=\"168\" />Why Your Firehouse needs a Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nThe job of a fireman is one of bravery, courage and nobility. Every second matters when a fire starts and the quicker the fire department responds, the better. Firehouses need to be able to communicate as best they can with each other and their local community.\r\n\r\nNot only do firemen provide a necessary service to the community, but they also participate in many charity events throughout the year, along with holding their own. Many firehouses struggle to make ends meet and cities have seen cut backs to this very necessary protection.\r\n\r\nA firemen website can help the firehouse in many ways. Communication is key and with a website the chief can easily communicate with those within the firehouse and the community.\r\n\r\n<b>Benefits of Using a Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nWebsites can serve many purposes and we often associate them with businesses. Even though firemen are not selling anything, they can benefit from a website.\r\n\r\nA firemen website can be set up to help the firehouse raise money for charities, keep everybody on the same page, communicate safety tips to the community, provide an easy way for people to contact the firehouse and much more. Your website may become a vital part of how you operate every day.\r\n\r\nThe benefits of a firemen website for your firehouse are numerous. Some of the many benefits include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Creating better community awareness</li>\r\n	<li>Allowing for direct donations through your website</li>\r\n	<li>Communication between firemen in the firehouse</li>\r\n	<li>Easy management of day-to-day tasks of the firehouse</li>\r\n	<li>And Much More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<b>Managing the Firehouse<img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4735\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"fire-extinguisher-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/fire-extinguisher-websites.jpg\" width=\"136\" height=\"168\" /></b>\r\n\r\nEvery firehouse has to be managed by those working within it. This includes everything from grocery shopping to testing equipment. All of these tasks must be done and the firemen must also stay in shape.\r\n\r\nA website specifically designed for the firehouse, can make it easier to manage all the day-to-day tasks. To-do lists can be created, items can be checked off as they are completed and all the necessary information is kept in a central location. Since the website can be accessed from anywhere with a computer or mobile device, it\'s easier for all the firemen to stay on the same page.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<b>Including a Blog or News Section</b>\r\n\r\nSince firemen participate in a number of events from visiting schools to charity sporting events, it\'s important to keep the community informed. With a blog or a news section, you can keep everybody informed about the upcoming events.\r\n\r\nThis can help boost attendance and community awareness. A blog is a very powerful way to communicate and allows you to share posts across social sites, such as Facebook and Twitter. Imagine how many people you can reach for the next charity event you will be helping with or holding for the firehouse.\r\n\r\nAlong with the ability to keep the community informed about events, a blog allows the firehouse to communicate any dangers, such as droughts and dry conditions within the community. Firemen can share safety tips for community members to use, in order to avoid fires or other disasters.\r\n\r\n<b>Community Support</b>\r\n\r\nCreating better community awareness is one of the major benefits of a firemen website. However, another added benefit is the ability to accept donations online. Whether donations are needed for an upcoming charity event or to support a family in need after a fire, the firehouse website can easily accept donations from the community.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4737\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"fireman-website\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/fireman-website.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />If community members are already checking the website regularly for upcoming events and important news, it\'s very easy to get everybody involved in supporting a local charity. Sometimes families need help after a fire and the firehouse website can provide a place for others to help them.\r\n\r\n<b>Creating Your Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nYou don\'t need to spend thousands of dollars for a professional designer to help create your firemen website. It all starts with the right hosting and the right support team. At ITX Design, you can start your firemen website for as little as $4.95 per month. Our hosting packages include all the necessary tools and our support team is available 24/7 to provide answer for all your questions.\r\n\r\nCreating better community awareness and a central location for upcoming events and news can be very beneficial to the firehouse and the community. If you\'re ready to build a firemen website, contact our team and we can recommend the right hosting package for your needs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Fire Websites','','publish','open','closed','','fire-websites','','','2014-01-27 08:49:39','2014-01-27 13:49:39','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=4731',0,'post','',0),(4732,1,'2014-01-24 00:45:46','2014-01-24 05:45:46','<b>Why Your Firehouse needs a Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nThe job of a fireman is one of bravery, courage and nobility. Every second matters when a fire starts and the quicker the fire department responds, the better. Firehouses need to be able to communicate as best they can with each other and their local community.\r\n\r\nNot only do firemen provide a necessary service to the community, but they also participate in many charity events throughout the year, along with holding their own. Many firehouses struggle to make ends meet and cities have seen cut backs to this very necessary protection.\r\n\r\nA firemen website can help the firehouse in many ways. Communication is key and with a website the chief can easily communicate with those within the firehouse and the community.\r\n\r\n<b>Benefits of Using a Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nWebsites can serve many purposes and we often associate them with businesses. Even though firemen are not selling anything, they can benefit from a website.\r\n\r\nA firemen website can be set up to help the firehouse raise money for charities, keep everybody on the same page, communicate safety tips to the community, provide an easy way for people to contact the firehouse and much more. Your website may become a vital part of how you operate every day.\r\n\r\nThe benefits of a firemen website for your firehouse are numerous. Some of the many benefits include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Creating better community awareness</li>\r\n	<li>Allowing for direct donations through your website</li>\r\n	<li>Communication between firemen in the firehouse</li>\r\n	<li>Easy management of day-to-day tasks of the firehouse</li>\r\n	<li>And Much More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<b>Managing the Firehouse</b>\r\n\r\nEvery firehouse has to be managed by those working within it. This includes everything from grocery shopping to testing equipment. All of these tasks must be done and the firemen must also stay in shape.\r\n\r\nA website specifically designed for the firehouse, can make it easier to manage all the day-to-day tasks. To-do lists can be created, items can be checked off as they are completed and all the necessary information is kept in a central location. Since the website can be accessed from anywhere with a computer or mobile device, it\'s easier for all the firemen to stay on the same page.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<b>Including a Blog or News Section</b>\r\n\r\nSince firemen participate in a number of events from visiting schools to charity sporting events, it\'s important to keep the community informed. With a blog or a news section, you can keep everybody informed about the upcoming events.\r\n\r\nThis can help boost attendance and community awareness. A blog is a very powerful way to communicate and allows you to share posts across social sites, such as Facebook and Twitter. Imagine how many people you can reach for the next charity event you will be helping with or holding for the firehouse.\r\n\r\nAlong with the ability to keep the community informed about events, a blog allows the firehouse to communicate any dangers, such as droughts and dry conditions within the community. Firemen can share safety tips for community members to use, in order to avoid fires or other disasters.\r\n\r\n<b>Community Support</b>\r\n\r\nCreating better community awareness is one of the major benefits of a firemen website. However, another added benefit is the ability to accept donations online. Whether donations are needed for an upcoming charity event or to support a family in need after a fire, the firehouse website can easily accept donations from the community.\r\n\r\nIf community members are already checking the website regularly for upcoming events and important news, it\'s very easy to get everybody involved in supporting a local charity. Sometimes families need help after a fire and the firehouse website can provide a place for others to help them.\r\n\r\n<b>Creating Your Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nYou don\'t need to spend thousands of dollars for a professional designer to help create your firemen website. It all starts with the right hosting and the right support team. At ITX Design, you can start your firemen website for as little as $4.95 per month. Our hosting packages include all the necessary tools and our support team is available 24/7 to provide answer for all your questions.\r\n\r\nCreating better community awareness and a central location for upcoming events and news can be very beneficial to the firehouse and the community. If you\'re ready to build a firemen website, contact our team and we can recommend the right hosting package for your needs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Fireman Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4731-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:45:46','2014-01-24 05:45:46','',4731,'http://itxdesign.com/4731-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4733,1,'2014-01-24 00:46:33','2014-01-24 05:46:33','<b>Why Your Firehouse needs a Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nThe job of a fireman is one of bravery, courage and nobility. Every second matters when a fire starts and the quicker the fire department responds, the better. Firehouses need to be able to communicate as best they can with each other and their local community.\r\n\r\nNot only do firemen provide a necessary service to the community, but they also participate in many charity events throughout the year, along with holding their own. Many firehouses struggle to make ends meet and cities have seen cut backs to this very necessary protection.\r\n\r\nA firemen website can help the firehouse in many ways. Communication is key and with a website the chief can easily communicate with those within the firehouse and the community.\r\n\r\n<b>Benefits of Using a Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nWebsites can serve many purposes and we often associate them with businesses. Even though firemen are not selling anything, they can benefit from a website.\r\n\r\nA firemen website can be set up to help the firehouse raise money for charities, keep everybody on the same page, communicate safety tips to the community, provide an easy way for people to contact the firehouse and much more. Your website may become a vital part of how you operate every day.\r\n\r\nThe benefits of a firemen website for your firehouse are numerous. Some of the many benefits include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Creating better community awareness</li>\r\n	<li>Allowing for direct donations through your website</li>\r\n	<li>Communication between firemen in the firehouse</li>\r\n	<li>Easy management of day-to-day tasks of the firehouse</li>\r\n	<li>And Much More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<b>Managing the Firehouse</b>\r\n\r\nEvery firehouse has to be managed by those working within it. This includes everything from grocery shopping to testing equipment. All of these tasks must be done and the firemen must also stay in shape.\r\n\r\nA website specifically designed for the firehouse, can make it easier to manage all the day-to-day tasks. To-do lists can be created, items can be checked off as they are completed and all the necessary information is kept in a central location. Since the website can be accessed from anywhere with a computer or mobile device, it\'s easier for all the firemen to stay on the same page.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<b>Including a Blog or News Section</b>\r\n\r\nSince firemen participate in a number of events from visiting schools to charity sporting events, it\'s important to keep the community informed. With a blog or a news section, you can keep everybody informed about the upcoming events.\r\n\r\nThis can help boost attendance and community awareness. A blog is a very powerful way to communicate and allows you to share posts across social sites, such as Facebook and Twitter. Imagine how many people you can reach for the next charity event you will be helping with or holding for the firehouse.\r\n\r\nAlong with the ability to keep the community informed about events, a blog allows the firehouse to communicate any dangers, such as droughts and dry conditions within the community. Firemen can share safety tips for community members to use, in order to avoid fires or other disasters.\r\n\r\n<b>Community Support</b>\r\n\r\nCreating better community awareness is one of the major benefits of a firemen website. However, another added benefit is the ability to accept donations online. Whether donations are needed for an upcoming charity event or to support a family in need after a fire, the firehouse website can easily accept donations from the community.\r\n\r\nIf community members are already checking the website regularly for upcoming events and important news, it\'s very easy to get everybody involved in supporting a local charity. Sometimes families need help after a fire and the firehouse website can provide a place for others to help them.\r\n\r\n<b>Creating Your Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nYou don\'t need to spend thousands of dollars for a professional designer to help create your firemen website. It all starts with the right hosting and the right support team. At ITX Design, you can start your firemen website for as little as $4.95 per month. Our hosting packages include all the necessary tools and our support team is available 24/7 to provide answer for all your questions.\r\n\r\nCreating better community awareness and a central location for upcoming events and news can be very beneficial to the firehouse and the community. If you\'re ready to build a firemen website, contact our team and we can recommend the right hosting package for your needs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Fire Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4731-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:46:33','2014-01-24 05:46:33','',4731,'http://itxdesign.com/4731-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4734,1,'2014-01-24 00:48:51','2014-01-24 05:48:51','','fire-websites','','inherit','open','closed','','fire-websites-2','','','2014-01-24 00:48:51','2014-01-24 05:48:51','',4731,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/fire-websites.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4735,1,'2014-01-24 00:49:12','2014-01-24 05:49:12','','fire-extinguisher-websites','','inherit','open','closed','','fire-extinguisher-websites','','','2014-01-24 00:49:12','2014-01-24 05:49:12','',4731,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/fire-extinguisher-websites.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4736,1,'2014-01-24 00:49:41','2014-01-24 05:49:41','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4734\" alt=\"fire-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/fire-websites.jpg\" width=\"123\" height=\"168\" />Why Your Firehouse needs a Firemen Website</b>\n\nThe job of a fireman is one of bravery, courage and nobility. Every second matters when a fire starts and the quicker the fire department responds, the better. Firehouses need to be able to communicate as best they can with each other and their local community.\n\nNot only do firemen provide a necessary service to the community, but they also participate in many charity events throughout the year, along with holding their own. Many firehouses struggle to make ends meet and cities have seen cut backs to this very necessary protection.\n\nA firemen website can help the firehouse in many ways. Communication is key and with a website the chief can easily communicate with those within the firehouse and the community.\n\n<b>Benefits of Using a Firemen Website</b>\n\nWebsites can serve many purposes and we often associate them with businesses. Even though firemen are not selling anything, they can benefit from a website.\n\nA firemen website can be set up to help the firehouse raise money for charities, keep everybody on the same page, communicate safety tips to the community, provide an easy way for people to contact the firehouse and much more. Your website may become a vital part of how you operate every day.\n\nThe benefits of a firemen website for your firehouse are numerous. Some of the many benefits include:\n<ul>\n	<li>Creating better community awareness</li>\n	<li>Allowing for direct donations through your website</li>\n	<li>Communication between firemen in the firehouse</li>\n	<li>Easy management of day-to-day tasks of the firehouse</li>\n	<li>And Much More!</li>\n</ul>\n<b>Managing the Firehouse<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4735\" alt=\"fire-extinguisher-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/fire-extinguisher-websites.jpg\" width=\"136\" height=\"168\" /></b>\n\nEvery firehouse has to be managed by those working within it. This includes everything from grocery shopping to testing equipment. All of these tasks must be done and the firemen must also stay in shape.\n\nA website specifically designed for the firehouse, can make it easier to manage all the day-to-day tasks. To-do lists can be created, items can be checked off as they are completed and all the necessary information is kept in a central location. Since the website can be accessed from anywhere with a computer or mobile device, it\'s easier for all the firemen to stay on the same page.\n\n&nbsp;\n\n<b>Including a Blog or News Section</b>\n\nSince firemen participate in a number of events from visiting schools to charity sporting events, it\'s important to keep the community informed. With a blog or a news section, you can keep everybody informed about the upcoming events.\n\nThis can help boost attendance and community awareness. A blog is a very powerful way to communicate and allows you to share posts across social sites, such as Facebook and Twitter. Imagine how many people you can reach for the next charity event you will be helping with or holding for the firehouse.\n\nAlong with the ability to keep the community informed about events, a blog allows the firehouse to communicate any dangers, such as droughts and dry conditions within the community. Firemen can share safety tips for community members to use, in order to avoid fires or other disasters.\n\n<b>Community Support</b>\n\nCreating better community awareness is one of the major benefits of a firemen website. However, another added benefit is the ability to accept donations online. Whether donations are needed for an upcoming charity event or to support a family in need after a fire, the firehouse website can easily accept donations from the community.\n\nIf community members are already checking the website regularly for upcoming events and important news, it\'s very easy to get everybody involved in supporting a local charity. Sometimes families need help after a fire and the firehouse website can provide a place for others to help them.\n\n<b>Creating Your Firemen Website</b>\n\nYou don\'t need to spend thousands of dollars for a professional designer to help create your firemen website. It all starts with the right hosting and the right support team. At ITX Design, you can start your firemen website for as little as $4.95 per month. Our hosting packages include all the necessary tools and our support team is available 24/7 to provide answer for all your questions.\n\nCreating better community awareness and a central location for upcoming events and news can be very beneficial to the firehouse and the community. If you\'re ready to build a firemen website, contact our team and we can recommend the right hosting package for your needs.\n\n&nbsp;','Fire Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4731-autosave-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:49:41','2014-01-24 05:49:41','',4731,'http://itxdesign.com/4731-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4737,1,'2014-01-24 00:49:54','2014-01-24 05:49:54','','fireman-website','','inherit','open','closed','','fireman-website','','','2014-01-24 00:49:54','2014-01-24 05:49:54','',4731,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/fireman-website.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4738,1,'2014-01-24 00:50:24','2014-01-24 05:50:24','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4734\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"fire-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/fire-websites.jpg\" width=\"123\" height=\"168\" />Why Your Firehouse needs a Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nThe job of a fireman is one of bravery, courage and nobility. Every second matters when a fire starts and the quicker the fire department responds, the better. Firehouses need to be able to communicate as best they can with each other and their local community.\r\n\r\nNot only do firemen provide a necessary service to the community, but they also participate in many charity events throughout the year, along with holding their own. Many firehouses struggle to make ends meet and cities have seen cut backs to this very necessary protection.\r\n\r\nA firemen website can help the firehouse in many ways. Communication is key and with a website the chief can easily communicate with those within the firehouse and the community.\r\n\r\n<b>Benefits of Using a Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nWebsites can serve many purposes and we often associate them with businesses. Even though firemen are not selling anything, they can benefit from a website.\r\n\r\nA firemen website can be set up to help the firehouse raise money for charities, keep everybody on the same page, communicate safety tips to the community, provide an easy way for people to contact the firehouse and much more. Your website may become a vital part of how you operate every day.\r\n\r\nThe benefits of a firemen website for your firehouse are numerous. Some of the many benefits include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Creating better community awareness</li>\r\n	<li>Allowing for direct donations through your website</li>\r\n	<li>Communication between firemen in the firehouse</li>\r\n	<li>Easy management of day-to-day tasks of the firehouse</li>\r\n	<li>And Much More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<b>Managing the Firehouse<img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4735\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"fire-extinguisher-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/fire-extinguisher-websites.jpg\" width=\"136\" height=\"168\" /></b>\r\n\r\nEvery firehouse has to be managed by those working within it. This includes everything from grocery shopping to testing equipment. All of these tasks must be done and the firemen must also stay in shape.\r\n\r\nA website specifically designed for the firehouse, can make it easier to manage all the day-to-day tasks. To-do lists can be created, items can be checked off as they are completed and all the necessary information is kept in a central location. Since the website can be accessed from anywhere with a computer or mobile device, it\'s easier for all the firemen to stay on the same page.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<b>Including a Blog or News Section</b>\r\n\r\nSince firemen participate in a number of events from visiting schools to charity sporting events, it\'s important to keep the community informed. With a blog or a news section, you can keep everybody informed about the upcoming events.\r\n\r\nThis can help boost attendance and community awareness. A blog is a very powerful way to communicate and allows you to share posts across social sites, such as Facebook and Twitter. Imagine how many people you can reach for the next charity event you will be helping with or holding for the firehouse.\r\n\r\nAlong with the ability to keep the community informed about events, a blog allows the firehouse to communicate any dangers, such as droughts and dry conditions within the community. Firemen can share safety tips for community members to use, in order to avoid fires or other disasters.\r\n\r\n<b>Community Support</b>\r\n\r\nCreating better community awareness is one of the major benefits of a firemen website. However, another added benefit is the ability to accept donations online. Whether donations are needed for an upcoming charity event or to support a family in need after a fire, the firehouse website can easily accept donations from the community.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4737\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"fireman-website\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/fireman-website.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />If community members are already checking the website regularly for upcoming events and important news, it\'s very easy to get everybody involved in supporting a local charity. Sometimes families need help after a fire and the firehouse website can provide a place for others to help them.\r\n\r\n<b>Creating Your Firemen Website</b>\r\n\r\nYou don\'t need to spend thousands of dollars for a professional designer to help create your firemen website. It all starts with the right hosting and the right support team. At ITX Design, you can start your firemen website for as little as $4.95 per month. Our hosting packages include all the necessary tools and our support team is available 24/7 to provide answer for all your questions.\r\n\r\nCreating better community awareness and a central location for upcoming events and news can be very beneficial to the firehouse and the community. If you\'re ready to build a firemen website, contact our team and we can recommend the right hosting package for your needs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Fire Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4731-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:50:24','2014-01-24 05:50:24','',4731,'http://itxdesign.com/4731-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4739,1,'2014-01-24 00:53:29','2014-01-24 05:53:29','','police-websites-car','','inherit','open','closed','','police-websites-car','','','2014-01-24 00:53:29','2014-01-24 05:53:29','',4729,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites-car.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4740,1,'2014-01-24 00:53:39','2014-01-24 05:53:39','<b>Do Police Officers Need a Website?</b>\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4739\" alt=\"police-websites-car\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites-car.jpg\" width=\"450\" height=\"346\" />Police officers work in a professional field that can lead to many new opportunities. Whether you\'re just starting out or you\'ve been an officer of the law for many years, you need a website.\n\nA website allows you to document your skills, achievements and show off all the accomplishments of your career. It acts as a personal resume and will make moving from one job to another much easier.\n\n<b>Future Opportunities</b>\n\nAs you grow in your career, you may have aspirations to move from a local position to the state level or even the federal level. Your website will help the decision makers understand what you\'ve accomplished and why you\'re right for the job.\n\nCreating and maintaining your own website also shows that you understand current technology. This can be very beneficial as you move up the rankings.\n\nA day may come when you decide to leave the police force to pursue a career as a private investigator or in the private security sector of the industry. If this should happen, your website will make the move much smoother.\n\nYou will be able to add your URL to any resumes you provide potential employers. Typically, a paper resume is only one sheet, but with your website listed at the top, they can find out all the necessary information needed to invite you in for an interview.\n\n<b>Going From the Big Stack to the Small Stack</b>\n\nResumes are often sifted through by decision makers and a large stack are filed away never to be seen again. However, a smaller stack are the prime candidates that stood out. Usually, these are the individuals the company plans to interview.\n\nPutting your resume on card stock may seem like an easy way to stand out, but that\'s just one thing you can do. Including a link to your website at the top will give the decision maker the ability to see more of what you\'ve accomplished. They can visit your site and really get to know who you are and what you\'ve accomplished throughout your career. This may just be the reason you end up in the small stack.\n\n<b>What Kind of Police Website Do You Need?</b>\n\nYou don\'t have to create a fancy police website to show off your accomplishments and skills. A simple website with a few pages and a blog you update occasionally will put you ahead of your competition. Your website should include:\n<ul>\n	<li>About You Page</li>\n	<li>Contact Page</li>\n	<li>Achievements/Awards Page</li>\n	<li>Resume Page</li>\n	<li>Blog</li>\n</ul>\nYou can add a few other pages if you desire, as well. However, these are the main pages you need for your website and blog. Once you\'re up and running, you will want to create new posts to your blog once or twice a week. If you decide to enter the private sector or become a private investigator, you will already have a website ready to attract attention.\n\n<b>How to Get Started</b>\n\nStarting a new website may seem like a lot of work, but it\'s not as time consuming as most think. It starts with the right hosting company. You need the right tools and a stable foundation, which both come from the hosting company you choose.\n\nFor police websites, using WordPress will make it very easy to get your website up and running quickly. ITX Design provides a variety of hosting packages starting at $4.95 per month. All hosting packages from ITX Design include the tools you need to get your site started quickly.\n\nOnce you\'ve signed up for your hosting account, simply log into your cPanel admin area, install WordPress on your domain name and start creating your website. You can choose from thousands of free themes to create the look and layout of your site. WordPress also provides thousands of plugins making it very easy to customize your website.\n\nWordPress is one of the most user-friendly ways to get your website up and running fast. They make it easy to create police websites with blogs, which provide exactly what you need.\n\nIf you\'re ready to start your own police website, but you\'re not sure where to start, contact us today. Our support team will be happy to recommend the right hosting package for your specific needs.\n\n&nbsp;','Police Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4729-autosave-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:53:39','2014-01-24 05:53:39','',4729,'http://itxdesign.com/4729-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4741,1,'2014-01-24 00:53:45','2014-01-24 05:53:45','','police-websites','','inherit','open','closed','','police-websites-2','','','2014-01-24 00:53:45','2014-01-24 05:53:45','',4729,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4742,1,'2014-01-24 00:54:01','2014-01-24 05:54:01','','police-websites-stop','','inherit','open','closed','','police-websites-stop','','','2014-01-24 00:54:01','2014-01-24 05:54:01','',4729,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites-stop.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4743,1,'2014-01-24 00:54:08','2014-01-24 05:54:08','<b>Do Police Officers Need a Website?</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4739\" alt=\"police-websites-car\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites-car.jpg\" width=\"450\" height=\"346\" />Police officers work in a professional field that can lead to many new opportunities. Whether you\'re just starting out or you\'ve been an officer of the law for many years, you need a website.\r\n\r\nA website allows you to document your skills, achievements and show off all the accomplishments of your career. It acts as a personal resume and will make moving from one job to another much easier.\r\n\r\n<b>Future Opportunities</b>\r\n\r\nAs you grow in your career, you may have aspirations to move from a local position to the state level or even the federal level. Your website will help the decision makers understand what you\'ve accomplished and why you\'re right for the job.\r\n\r\nCreating and maintaining your own website also shows that you understand current technology. This can be very beneficial as you move up the rankings.\r\n\r\nA day may come when you decide to leave the police force to pursue a career as a private investigator or in the private security sector of the industry. If this should happen, your website will make the move much smoother.\r\n\r\nYou will be able to add your URL to any resumes you provide potential employers. Typically, a paper resume is only one sheet, but with your website listed at the top, they can find out all the necessary information needed to invite you in for an interview.\r\n\r\n<b>Going From the Big Stack to the Small Stack</b>\r\n\r\nResumes are often sifted through by decision makers and a large stack are filed away never to be seen again. However, a smaller stack are the prime candidates that stood out. Usually, these are the individuals the company plans to interview.\r\n\r\nPutting your resume on card stock may seem like an easy way to stand out, but that\'s just one thing you can do. Including a link to your website at the top will give the decision maker the ability to see more of what you\'ve accomplished. They can visit your site and really get to know who you are and what you\'ve accomplished throughout your career. This may just be the reason you end up in the small stack.\r\n\r\n<b><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4741\" alt=\"police-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites.jpg\" width=\"109\" height=\"168\" />What Kind of Police Website Do You Need?</b>\r\n\r\nYou don\'t have to create a fancy police website to show off your accomplishments and skills. A simple website with a few pages and a blog you update occasionally will put you ahead of your competition. Your website should include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>About You Page</li>\r\n	<li>Contact Page</li>\r\n	<li>Achievements/Awards Page</li>\r\n	<li>Resume Page</li>\r\n	<li>Blog</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nYou can add a few other pages if you desire, as well. However, these are the main pages you need for your website and blog. Once you\'re up and running, you will want to create new posts to your blog once or twice a week. If you decide to enter the private sector or become a private investigator, you will already have a website ready to attract attention.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Get Started</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4742\" alt=\"police-websites-stop\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites-stop.jpg\" width=\"135\" height=\"168\" />Starting a new website may seem like a lot of work, but it\'s not as time consuming as most think. It starts with the right hosting company. You need the right tools and a stable foundation, which both come from the hosting company you choose.\r\n\r\nFor police websites, using WordPress will make it very easy to get your website up and running quickly. ITX Design provides a variety of hosting packages starting at $4.95 per month. All hosting packages from ITX Design include the tools you need to get your site started quickly.\r\n\r\nOnce you\'ve signed up for your hosting account, simply log into your cPanel admin area, install WordPress on your domain name and start creating your website. You can choose from thousands of free themes to create the look and layout of your site. WordPress also provides thousands of plugins making it very easy to customize your website.\r\n\r\nWordPress is one of the most user-friendly ways to get your website up and running fast. They make it easy to create police websites with blogs, which provide exactly what you need.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to start your own police website, but you\'re not sure where to start, contact us today. Our support team will be happy to recommend the right hosting package for your specific needs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Police Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4729-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:54:08','2014-01-24 05:54:08','',4729,'http://itxdesign.com/4729-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4744,1,'2014-01-24 00:54:49','2014-01-24 05:54:49','<b>Do Police Officers Need a Website?</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4739\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"police-websites-car\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites-car.jpg\" width=\"450\" height=\"346\" />Police officers work in a professional field that can lead to many new opportunities. Whether you\'re just starting out or you\'ve been an officer of the law for many years, you need a website.\r\n\r\nA website allows you to document your skills, achievements and show off all the accomplishments of your career. It acts as a personal resume and will make moving from one job to another much easier.\r\n\r\n<b>Future Opportunities</b>\r\n\r\nAs you grow in your career, you may have aspirations to move from a local position to the state level or even the federal level. Your website will help the decision makers understand what you\'ve accomplished and why you\'re right for the job.\r\n\r\nCreating and maintaining your own website also shows that you understand current technology. This can be very beneficial as you move up the rankings.\r\n\r\nA day may come when you decide to leave the police force to pursue a career as a private investigator or in the private security sector of the industry. If this should happen, your website will make the move much smoother.\r\n\r\nYou will be able to add your URL to any resumes you provide potential employers. Typically, a paper resume is only one sheet, but with your website listed at the top, they can find out all the necessary information needed to invite you in for an interview.\r\n\r\n<b>Going From the Big Stack to the Small Stack</b>\r\n\r\nResumes are often sifted through by decision makers and a large stack are filed away never to be seen again. However, a smaller stack are the prime candidates that stood out. Usually, these are the individuals the company plans to interview.\r\n\r\nPutting your resume on card stock may seem like an easy way to stand out, but that\'s just one thing you can do. Including a link to your website at the top will give the decision maker the ability to see more of what you\'ve accomplished. They can visit your site and really get to know who you are and what you\'ve accomplished throughout your career. This may just be the reason you end up in the small stack.\r\n\r\n<b><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4741\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"police-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites.jpg\" width=\"109\" height=\"168\" />What Kind of Police Website Do You Need?</b>\r\n\r\nYou don\'t have to create a fancy police website to show off your accomplishments and skills. A simple website with a few pages and a blog you update occasionally will put you ahead of your competition. Your website should include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>About You Page</li>\r\n	<li>Contact Page</li>\r\n	<li>Achievements/Awards Page</li>\r\n	<li>Resume Page</li>\r\n	<li>Blog</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nYou can add a few other pages if you desire, as well. However, these are the main pages you need for your website and blog. Once you\'re up and running, you will want to create new posts to your blog once or twice a week. If you decide to enter the private sector or become a private investigator, you will already have a website ready to attract attention.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Get Started</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4742\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"police-websites-stop\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites-stop.jpg\" width=\"135\" height=\"168\" />Starting a new website may seem like a lot of work, but it\'s not as time consuming as most think. It starts with the right hosting company. You need the right tools and a stable foundation, which both come from the hosting company you choose.\r\n\r\nFor police websites, using WordPress will make it very easy to get your website up and running quickly. ITX Design provides a variety of hosting packages starting at $4.95 per month. All hosting packages from ITX Design include the tools you need to get your site started quickly.\r\n\r\nOnce you\'ve signed up for your hosting account, simply log into your cPanel admin area, install WordPress on your domain name and start creating your website. You can choose from thousands of free themes to create the look and layout of your site. WordPress also provides thousands of plugins making it very easy to customize your website.\r\n\r\nWordPress is one of the most user-friendly ways to get your website up and running fast. They make it easy to create police websites with blogs, which provide exactly what you need.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to start your own police website, but you\'re not sure where to start, contact us today. Our support team will be happy to recommend the right hosting package for your specific needs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Police Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4729-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:54:49','2014-01-24 05:54:49','',4729,'http://itxdesign.com/4729-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4745,1,'2014-01-24 00:55:18','2014-01-24 05:55:18','<b>Do Police Officers Need a Website?</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-4739 alignright\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"police-websites-car\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites-car.jpg\" width=\"450\" height=\"346\" />Police officers work in a professional field that can lead to many new opportunities. Whether you\'re just starting out or you\'ve been an officer of the law for many years, you need a website.\r\n\r\nA website allows you to document your skills, achievements and show off all the accomplishments of your career. It acts as a personal resume and will make moving from one job to another much easier.\r\n\r\n<b>Future Opportunities</b>\r\n\r\nAs you grow in your career, you may have aspirations to move from a local position to the state level or even the federal level. Your website will help the decision makers understand what you\'ve accomplished and why you\'re right for the job.\r\n\r\nCreating and maintaining your own website also shows that you understand current technology. This can be very beneficial as you move up the rankings.\r\n\r\nA day may come when you decide to leave the police force to pursue a career as a private investigator or in the private security sector of the industry. If this should happen, your website will make the move much smoother.\r\n\r\nYou will be able to add your URL to any resumes you provide potential employers. Typically, a paper resume is only one sheet, but with your website listed at the top, they can find out all the necessary information needed to invite you in for an interview.\r\n\r\n<b>Going From the Big Stack to the Small Stack</b>\r\n\r\nResumes are often sifted through by decision makers and a large stack are filed away never to be seen again. However, a smaller stack are the prime candidates that stood out. Usually, these are the individuals the company plans to interview.\r\n\r\nPutting your resume on card stock may seem like an easy way to stand out, but that\'s just one thing you can do. Including a link to your website at the top will give the decision maker the ability to see more of what you\'ve accomplished. They can visit your site and really get to know who you are and what you\'ve accomplished throughout your career. This may just be the reason you end up in the small stack.\r\n\r\n<b><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4741\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"police-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites.jpg\" width=\"109\" height=\"168\" />What Kind of Police Website Do You Need?</b>\r\n\r\nYou don\'t have to create a fancy police website to show off your accomplishments and skills. A simple website with a few pages and a blog you update occasionally will put you ahead of your competition. Your website should include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>About You Page</li>\r\n	<li>Contact Page</li>\r\n	<li>Achievements/Awards Page</li>\r\n	<li>Resume Page</li>\r\n	<li>Blog</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nYou can add a few other pages if you desire, as well. However, these are the main pages you need for your website and blog. Once you\'re up and running, you will want to create new posts to your blog once or twice a week. If you decide to enter the private sector or become a private investigator, you will already have a website ready to attract attention.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Get Started</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4742\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"police-websites-stop\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/police-websites-stop.jpg\" width=\"135\" height=\"168\" />Starting a new website may seem like a lot of work, but it\'s not as time consuming as most think. It starts with the right hosting company. You need the right tools and a stable foundation, which both come from the hosting company you choose.\r\n\r\nFor police websites, using WordPress will make it very easy to get your website up and running quickly. ITX Design provides a variety of hosting packages starting at $4.95 per month. All hosting packages from ITX Design include the tools you need to get your site started quickly.\r\n\r\nOnce you\'ve signed up for your hosting account, simply log into your cPanel admin area, install WordPress on your domain name and start creating your website. You can choose from thousands of free themes to create the look and layout of your site. WordPress also provides thousands of plugins making it very easy to customize your website.\r\n\r\nWordPress is one of the most user-friendly ways to get your website up and running fast. They make it easy to create police websites with blogs, which provide exactly what you need.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to start your own police website, but you\'re not sure where to start, contact us today. Our support team will be happy to recommend the right hosting package for your specific needs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Police Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4729-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:55:18','2014-01-24 05:55:18','',4729,'http://itxdesign.com/4729-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4746,1,'2014-01-24 00:57:45','2014-01-24 05:57:45','','emt-websites','','inherit','open','closed','','emt-websites-2','','','2014-01-24 00:57:45','2014-01-24 05:57:45','',4727,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-websites.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4747,1,'2014-01-24 00:58:00','2014-01-24 05:58:00','','emt-website-moses','','inherit','open','closed','','emt-website-moses','','','2014-01-24 00:58:00','2014-01-24 05:58:00','',4727,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-website-moses.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4748,1,'2014-01-24 00:58:15','2014-01-24 05:58:15','','emt-websites-flag','','inherit','open','closed','','emt-websites-flag','','','2014-01-24 00:58:15','2014-01-24 05:58:15','',4727,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-websites-flag.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4749,1,'2014-01-24 00:58:34','2014-01-24 05:58:34','<b>Creating Your Own EMT Website</b>\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4746\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"emt-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-websites.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"130\" />If you\'ve worked at an emergency medical technician for many years or even if you’re new to the job, creating your own EMT website may be very beneficial. Websites have become more than just a way for businesses to gain more customers. They can be very personal and even help you create your own community of friends and family.\n\nEMTs work in a very physically demanding field and they provide a very necessary service to the community. Responding to tragedies is part of the job and it takes the right type of person for this type of job. Once you decide to become an EMT, you must go through the proper training. Four levels of training are provided including:\n<ul>\n	<li>Emergency Response Technician or First Responder</li>\n	<li>EMT-Basic</li>\n	<li>EMT-Intermediate</li>\n	<li>EMT-Paramedic</li>\n</ul>\nEach level requires a certain number of hours ranging from 40 to 1,200 hours of training. If you complete the EMT-Paramedic training, most states will award an associate’s degree for your training.\n\n<b>Why Should You Create an EMT Website?</b>\n\nHaving your own EMT website can benefit you in many ways. Not only will you be able to communicate with others, but you will also be able to use the website as an online resume. What if you move from one city to another or you decide you want to look for a new position somewhere else? An online resume you can list on your paper resume can be very beneficial.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4747\" alt=\"emt-website-moses\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-website-moses.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Along with acting as your online resume, creating your own EMT website can help you provide necessary information to others considering becoming an EMT. You can inform them of the training you\'ve been through, how difficult or easy it was and the many other things associated with your job.\n\nYour own EMT website also provides the opportunity to create a blog. With a blog, you can post about the things you\'ve seen, done and the experiences you encounter as an EMT. This is a great way to build awareness about the reality associated with the job.\n\nThis website can become a resource for others to use, if they are considering becoming an EMT. It\'s also a great way to connect with other EMTs to discuss the different parts of the job. You can create a discussion forum and connect with EMTs across the globe, talk about new equipment, new technology and many other parts of the job.\n\n<b>How to Create an EMT Website</b>\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4748\" alt=\"emt-websites-flag\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-websites-flag.jpg\" width=\"113\" height=\"168\" />Creating a website isn\'t all that difficult. It starts with choosing a hosting package from a reputable company, such as ITX Design. Your hosting package will include a number of tools you can use to create just about any type of website you could imagine. Whether you use the free site builder or you choose a content management system, such as WordPress or Joomla, you can have your website live in a matter of minutes.\n\nOf course, once you create your website, you will need content to fill the pages. One of the pages should be your online resume, which you can use whenever you need to find a new position within your field. The other pages can vary, depending on what you want to offer. You can provide information about the products you use, help with EMT training, information about continued education or anything you would like.\n\nWhen you choose ITX Design for your hosting, you will also gain access to the necessary tools for creating a discussion forum, a blog or even an online store. You can use these tools to easily provide a way for other EMTs to discuss the industry online and a place for you to share your thoughts and stories. A blog can be very beneficial in keeping the community informed and it provides a place for you to share your own thoughts.\n\n<b>Getting Started</b>\n\nIf you\'re ready to create your own EMT website, but you\'re not sure where to start, we can help. At ITX Design, we provide hosting starting as low as $4.95 per month and all the technical support you will need. We make it easy for you to start your own website today.\n\nContact us and we will walk you through the process of getting your own domain name and hosting. Our team will help answer your questions at you create your EMT website.','EMT Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4727-autosave-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:58:34','2014-01-24 05:58:34','',4727,'http://itxdesign.com/4727-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4750,1,'2014-01-24 00:58:46','2014-01-24 05:58:46','<b>Creating Your Own EMT Website</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4746\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"emt-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-websites.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"130\" />If you\'ve worked at an emergency medical technician for many years or even if you’re new to the job, creating your own EMT website may be very beneficial. Websites have become more than just a way for businesses to gain more customers. They can be very personal and even help you create your own community of friends and family.\r\n\r\nEMTs work in a very physically demanding field and they provide a very necessary service to the community. Responding to tragedies is part of the job and it takes the right type of person for this type of job. Once you decide to become an EMT, you must go through the proper training. Four levels of training are provided including:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Emergency Response Technician or First Responder</li>\r\n	<li>EMT-Basic</li>\r\n	<li>EMT-Intermediate</li>\r\n	<li>EMT-Paramedic</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nEach level requires a certain number of hours ranging from 40 to 1,200 hours of training. If you complete the EMT-Paramedic training, most states will award an associate’s degree for your training.\r\n\r\n<b>Why Should You Create an EMT Website?</b>\r\n\r\nHaving your own EMT website can benefit you in many ways. Not only will you be able to communicate with others, but you will also be able to use the website as an online resume. What if you move from one city to another or you decide you want to look for a new position somewhere else? An online resume you can list on your paper resume can be very beneficial.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4747\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"emt-website-moses\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-website-moses.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Along with acting as your online resume, creating your own EMT website can help you provide necessary information to others considering becoming an EMT. You can inform them of the training you\'ve been through, how difficult or easy it was and the many other things associated with your job.\r\n\r\nYour own EMT website also provides the opportunity to create a blog. With a blog, you can post about the things you\'ve seen, done and the experiences you encounter as an EMT. This is a great way to build awareness about the reality associated with the job.\r\n\r\nThis website can become a resource for others to use, if they are considering becoming an EMT. It\'s also a great way to connect with other EMTs to discuss the different parts of the job. You can create a discussion forum and connect with EMTs across the globe, talk about new equipment, new technology and many other parts of the job.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Create an EMT Website</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4748\" style=\"border: 0px none;\" alt=\"emt-websites-flag\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/emt-websites-flag.jpg\" width=\"113\" height=\"168\" />Creating a website isn\'t all that difficult. It starts with choosing a hosting package from a reputable company, such as ITX Design. Your hosting package will include a number of tools you can use to create just about any type of website you could imagine. Whether you use the free site builder or you choose a content management system, such as WordPress or Joomla, you can have your website live in a matter of minutes.\r\n\r\nOf course, once you create your website, you will need content to fill the pages. One of the pages should be your online resume, which you can use whenever you need to find a new position within your field. The other pages can vary, depending on what you want to offer. You can provide information about the products you use, help with EMT training, information about continued education or anything you would like.\r\n\r\nWhen you choose ITX Design for your hosting, you will also gain access to the necessary tools for creating a discussion forum, a blog or even an online store. You can use these tools to easily provide a way for other EMTs to discuss the industry online and a place for you to share your thoughts and stories. A blog can be very beneficial in keeping the community informed and it provides a place for you to share your own thoughts.\r\n\r\n<b>Getting Started</b>\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to create your own EMT website, but you\'re not sure where to start, we can help. At ITX Design, we provide hosting starting as low as $4.95 per month and all the technical support you will need. We make it easy for you to start your own website today.\r\n\r\nContact us and we will walk you through the process of getting your own domain name and hosting. Our team will help answer your questions at you create your EMT website.','EMT Websites','','inherit','open','closed','','4727-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 00:58:46','2014-01-24 05:58:46','',4727,'http://itxdesign.com/4727-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4751,1,'2014-01-24 01:15:18','2014-01-24 06:15:18','Your website is probably down because you\'re NOT using ITX Design for hosting...\r\n\r\nOn a serious note there are only a few things that can cause your website to go down and I will list them in order:\r\n1.)  The server that your website is on is either down or one of the critical services is failing to reply.  This is one of the most common causes and if this occurs the best thing you can do is contact your web hosting company for support.  You\'re better off creating a support ticket or calling support, unless you\'re a server administrator and the server is accessible.\r\n\r\n2.) Network outage.  This is the second most common cause.  Unfortunately when there\'s a network related outage the problem may be with your web host, internet service provider, or a jump/router that sits between the two.  These are definitely the most difficult to resolve.  You can easily determine if the cause is network related by running a traceroute to your website.  A traceroute will allow you to follow your connection from your computer all the way to your website.  If it fails prior to getting to your web hosting company\'s network then you know it\'s definitely network related.  To resolve a network outage you should contact your web hosting company and provide them with the traceroute that you created.  This will allow them to determine the exact point of failure so they can start the repair process.  Another thing that you should include with your traceroute is your IP address.\r\n\r\n3.) Domain name has expired...  We see this all the time!  A lot of our clients use various domain registrars for purchasing or renewing domains.  They often forget when they\'re domain renewal is due and the registrar suspends the domain.  The maximum term that you can register a domain name for is 10 years and domain registration is rather inexpensive.  I strongly suggest that you register/renew any business critical or important domains for a minimum of 5 years.\r\n\r\n4.) Your hosting company has gone out of business.  I know this sounds horrible, however ITX Design has been in the web hosting market for over 10 years.  In that time we\'ve seen countless hosts close their doors with little to no warning.  You should always have a backup solution even if it\'s a <a title=\"cheap disaster recovery for your website\" href=\"https://itxdesign.com/cheap-disaster-recovery-for-your-website/\">cheap disaster recovery plan</a>.','Website Down','','inherit','open','closed','','590-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 01:15:18','2014-01-24 06:15:18','',590,'http://itxdesign.com/590-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4756,3,'2014-01-24 11:32:45','2014-01-24 16:32:45','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear: both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4693\" alt=\"shared hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting.jpg\" alt=\"reseller-hosting\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4753\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting.jpg\" alt=\"vps-hosting\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4754\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-servers.jpg\" alt=\"dedicated servers\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4752\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a>\r\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 11:32:45','2014-01-24 16:32:45','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4757,3,'2014-01-24 11:33:26','2014-01-24 16:33:26','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear: both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4693\" alt=\"shared hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting.jpg\" alt=\"reseller-hosting\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4753\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting.jpg\" alt=\"vps-hosting\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4754\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-servers.jpg\" alt=\"dedicated servers\" class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-4752\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a>\r\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 11:33:26','2014-01-24 16:33:26','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4758,3,'2014-01-24 11:36:22','2014-01-24 16:36:22','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear: both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4693\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"shared hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4753\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"reseller-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4754\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"vps-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4752\" alt=\"dedicated servers\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-servers.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a>\r\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>','App Battles Test Page','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 11:36:22','2014-01-24 16:36:22','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4759,3,'2014-01-24 12:00:18','2014-01-24 17:00:18','<h4>What to Expect from Our Software Battles</h4>\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4665\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"research\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/research-300x160.jpg\" width=\"246\" height=\"131\" />Whenever we put together a battle, such as WordPress vs. Drupal, we take the time to do our research. Our goal isn\'t to sway you one way or another, but to deliver the truth. Since the hosting packages we offer at ITX Design support multiple software applications, we don\'t really care which one you choose. However, we want to make it easier for you to choose the right application for your specific needs.\r\n\r\nBy pointing out the advantages and disadvantages of one software application over another, we can show you the right choice for your situation. Sometimes one application caters to larger businesses instead of smaller, which is important for you, the end user, to understand. Our battles are well thought out, but we don\'t write a book about each program. Instead, we look at the major features and point out the right type of user for each application.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-4666\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"needs-vs-features\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/needs-vs-features-300x216.png\" width=\"300\" height=\"216\" />\r\n<h4>Is there Always a Clear Winner?</h4>\r\nWith every battle, there should be a winner, right? However, when you\'re looking at different content management systems, shopping carts, ecommerce choices and other types of software, a clear winner isn\'t always possible. For example, the Wordpress vs. Joomla battle states that Wordpress is the most popular of all the CMS choices, but Joomla fits better for those with a vast knowledge of programming language. Sometimes a specific type of software fits better with you than the other, even if it\'s not the overall favorite.\r\n\r\nWe don\'t try to find a clear winner because we know it\'s not always possible. Instead, we deliver the truth through our battles and provide hosting capable of supporting all the different software applications you might needs. Our software application battles make it easy for you to decide between the top choices and we are always searching for new battles to research.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4674\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-right: 25px;\" alt=\"read the battles\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/KEEP-CALM1-260x300.png\" width=\"132\" height=\"151\" />\r\n<h4>Do You Really Need to Read the Battles?</h4>\r\nThe short answer is YES! By reading at least one or two battles in the area you\'re considering, you will understand more about the software applications. You don\'t want to make your decision based on just the popularity of the program.\r\n\r\nSome software applications are very popular, but still don\'t fit the needs of every project. Looking at the specifics of your project, and then reading a few of the battles, will help you make an informed decision for your specific needs. If you don’t fit the right application to your needs, you may not get all the features you need.\r\n<h4 style=\"clear: both;\">What if We Don\'t Feature Your Battle?</h4>\r\nMaybe you\'re trying to decide between two software applications, but you can\'t find a battle on our page with both. When this happens, you can contact us and let us know about the two you\'re looking at. We are always looking for battles and when you tell us you need to see two specific software applications compared, we listen. Our researchers and writers will get right on it and put together the battle for you. If you have an idea for a software application battle, contact us with some of the key points and we will put it together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4693\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"shared hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/reseller-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4753\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"reseller-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/reseller-hosting.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-4754\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" alt=\"vps-hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4752\" alt=\"dedicated servers\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-servers.jpg\" width=\"213\" height=\"149\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin: 0px 5px;\" /></a>\r\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>','Web Hosting & Application Battles','','inherit','open','closed','','4493-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 12:00:18','2014-01-24 17:00:18','',4493,'http://itxdesign.com/4493-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(5146,1,'2014-02-08 11:10:19','2014-02-08 16:10:19','','update-better-wp-security','','inherit','open','closed','','update-better-wp-security','','','2014-02-08 11:10:19','2014-02-08 16:10:19','',5143,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/update-better-wp-security.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5147,1,'2014-02-08 11:10:34','2014-02-08 16:10:34','<b><img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5144\" alt=\"better-wp-security\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/better-wp-security.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Add Better WP Security to Your Arsenal of WordPress Plugins</b>\r\n\r\nUsing Better WP Security is a necessity for every WordPress website and blog out there. This is the #1 WordPress Security Plugin and provides something you cannot get from any other security plugin.\r\n\r\nIn December of 2013, Better WP Security was acquired by iThemes and Christ Weigman was added to the team to maintain and continue development for this plugin. This not only brings Better WP Security to another level, but it also adds a new level of protection to iThemes Exchange, which is known as one of the best ecommerce solutions available on the market.\r\n\r\n<b>What is Better WP Security?</b>\r\n\r\nBetter WP Security is a WordPress plugin allowing the user to take advantage of some of the best security available. This plugin uses the best security techniques within a single plugin to ensure the potential holes are filled without any conflicting issues with other plugins.\r\n\r\nIt can be installed and activated quickly. This powerful security plugin provides the absolute best protection any WordPress site can get with a plugin.\r\n\r\n<b>Major Benefits of Using Better WP Security</b>\r\n\r\nSince most of the hacker attacks and virus attacks happen due to weak passwords, old software and plugin vulnerabilities, Better WP Security uses these issues to protect you in the best possible way. The plugin helps to hide any vulnerabilities from any type of attack and keeps sensitive information protected. Some of the things the plugin does include:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Changes the URLs of the WordPress admin, login and other sensitive areas</li>\r\n	<li>Turns off the ability to login for a specific time</li>\r\n	<li>Removes the plugins and theme from those without permission to update them</li>\r\n	<li>Removes the RSD header information</li>\r\n	<li>Renames the \"admin\" account</li>\r\n	<li>Changes the WordPress database table prefix</li>\r\n	<li>Changes the wp-content path</li>\r\n	<li>Displays random numbers for non-administrative users</li>\r\n	<li>Removes login error messages</li>\r\n	<li>And More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-5145\" alt=\"better-wp-security-benefits\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/better-wp-security-benefits.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"112\" />All of this may seem overwhelming, but the plugin takes care of it all for you whenever an attacker is after your site. As the plugin does its\' job to hide certain part of your site and certain types of information, you won\'t have to worry as much about specific things. It will also do all of the following for you:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Ban troublesome bots</li>\r\n	<li>Ban troublesome user agents</li>\r\n	<li>Strengthen the security of your server</li>\r\n	<li>Turn off file editing</li>\r\n	<li>Detect and block attacks to your database and filesystem</li>\r\n	<li>Enforce strong passwords for accounts</li>\r\n	<li>Force SSL for admin and any other pages and posts necessary</li>\r\n	<li>Scan your site for vulnerabilities and fix them</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIf the plugin were to fail and an attacker was to get past, it also creates a backup schedule and emails you the file. This makes recovering your site much easier, if a hacker were to actually get past the very powerful Better WP Security plugin.\r\n\r\n<b>Can Anybody Use Better WP Security?</b>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5146\" alt=\"update-better-wp-security\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/update-better-wp-security.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"126\" />Yes, if you are using the latest version of WordPress, you can use the Better WP Security plugin. You may be wondering why you need to be using the latest version of WordPress to use this plugin. The answer is simple.\r\n\r\nOne of the best practices of a WordPress website owner is to keep WordPress and all plugins used on the site up-to-date. Even though the plugin may work with older versions of WordPress, using it with the latest version will provide the most powerful protection.\r\n\r\n<b>Is Better WP Security Capable of Protecting Your Site from ALL Attacks?</b>\r\n\r\nIt\'s impossible to guarantee perfect security with the Better WP Security plugin. Attackers are always finding new ways to attack sites and security plugins are always finding ways to block them.\r\n\r\nThis specific plugin is designed to improve the security of your site from the most common types of attacks. It cannot prevent every type of attack and nothing replaces the good practice of using strong passwords and keeping everything up-to-date. This plugin just makes it easier to secure your site and takes away some of the worry.\r\n\r\n<b>What are the Requirements of this WordPress Plugin?</b>\r\n\r\nBetter WP Security requires a server with LiteSpeed or Apache. It also requires mod_rewrite or NGINX to work properly. The plugin has been known to experience some problem in the shared hosting environment if it runs out of resources.\r\n\r\nIt\'s recommended that you backup any site you plan to use this plugin on before installing it. This is simply a precaution and especially recommended for those using a shared hosting server. Even though shared hosting states that it provides unlimited resources, many hosting companies actually vary in their definition of \"unlimited\" and this could become an issue with this plugin.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Better WP Security','','inherit','open','closed','','5143-revision-v1','','','2014-02-08 11:10:34','2014-02-08 16:10:34','',5143,'http://itxdesign.com/5143-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(5145,1,'2014-02-08 11:09:28','2014-02-08 16:09:28','','better-wp-security-benefits','','inherit','open','closed','','better-wp-security-benefits','','','2014-02-08 11:09:28','2014-02-08 16:09:28','',5143,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/better-wp-security-benefits.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(5051,1,'2014-02-03 08:22:30','2014-02-03 13:22:30','<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5052\" alt=\"software-development-websites\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/software-development-websites.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" />Software development or design is very popular and a massive industry. The term \"software development\" can also refer to application development or computer programming. All fit within the same basic industry.\r\n\r\nSoftware can be developed for a number of different reasons and businesses require software for their day-to-day operations. Meeting the need of the potential customers, as a software development company, requires a website.\r\n\r\nWith the right software development, many benefits can be realized for many companies. Software can help with reducing costs for the business and increasing flexibility as the business grows. A company can increase their value with the right software product and gain a competitive advantage within their industry.\r\n\r\n<b>What a Website can Provide for Software Companies</b>\r\n\r\nA website provides a portal for your customers to find and access your products. This also provides a platform for keeping your customer base informed about upcoming products and company news.\r\n\r\nThe power of a website couples nicely with a software development firm, especially if the firm also handles things, such as website design, application creation and IT consulting. Since many companies in this industry offer more than just one service, a website provides even more benefits.\r\n\r\n<b>The Benefits of Your Company Website</b>\r\n\r\nSome of the benefits you gain from a website are common sense, such as an online presence and the ability to become listed within the search engine results. These are just a couple of the benefits you will realize with your own software development website. Other benefits include:<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-5059\" alt=\"software-development\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/software-development.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" />\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>A 24/7/365 Portal for your Business</li>\r\n	<li>Convenience for Customers and Potentials Customers</li>\r\n	<li>Cost-Effective Compared to Print Advertising</li>\r\n	<li>Expansion of your Market</li>\r\n	<li>Improved credibility</li>\r\n	<li>Ability for Growth</li>\r\n	<li>Adds value to your overall business</li>\r\n	<li>And Much More!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThe potential any company gains when they take their business online is huge. Online marketing can range from free in price to thousands of dollars, but it\'s very controllable and the return on investment can be huge.\r\n\r\n<b>How to Start Your Website</b>\r\n\r\nAny website starts with hosting. You must choose a company capable of providing the right foundation for your needs, along with the perfect support when you run into a question or an issue. The right hosting company will give you multiple options and allow your software development company to grow with the hosting package.\r\n\r\nOf course, it\'s always important to fit your hosting into your specific budget. As you fit it into the budget, you need to make sure you get the necessary resources for your project.\r\n\r\nAt ITX Design, we not only offer shared, VPS and dedicated hosting, but also multiple options within each category. Our hosting packages start as low as $4.95 and our technical support team is one of the best in the hosting industry.\r\n\r\nAlong with finding the right hosting company and the right package for your needs, it\'s important to make sure you get all the necessary tools for your site. Whether you just need a basic website or you want to incorporate a blog, forum and shopping cart, you will gain access to all the necessary tools with hosting from ITX Design.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-5054\" alt=\"software-development-websites-design\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/software-development-websites-design.jpg\" width=\"168\" height=\"168\" /><b>What\'s Next?</b>\r\n\r\nAfter choosing the right hosting, it\'s time to choose the best scripts, set up and design for your software development website. Tools, such as WordPress, Joomla, Drupal, OsCommerce, Simple Machines SMF Forums, ZenCart and many others, you will be able to do the necessary tasks to create the perfect website.\r\n\r\nSoftaculous comes with every hosting package from ITX Design. This package of scripts gives you all the best choices for portals, forums, shopping carts, blogs and much more. Whether you want to create a website that acts as a discussion forum or you just want to create a dynamic design, you\'ll have all the right tools for your needs.\r\n\r\n<b>Is a Software Development Website Necessary?</b>\r\n\r\nNo matter what type of business you run, a website is necessary. In the software development industry, using a website makes perfect sense. Your company takes advantage of technology, so using a website just fits.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re ready to start your new software development website, you need to start with hosting. The support team at ITX Design is ready to answer any questions and provide professional recommendations for your specific needs. Contact our team today and find out which hosting package fits best with your needs.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Software Development Websites','','publish','open','closed','','software-development-websites','','','2014-02-03 08:25:25','2014-02-03 13:25:25','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?p=5051',0,'post','',0),(4764,1,'2014-01-24 15:52:56','2014-01-24 20:52:56','<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4778\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"VPS vs Dedicated Hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-vs-dedicated-hosting.png\" width=\"940\" height=\"409\" />\r\n<h3>VPS vs. Dedicated Hosting, Which Should you Choose?</h3>\r\nMaking the right decision when it comes to your website hosting is like choosing the right house for your family. The website(s) are like the people living in the house and the hosting is the house. If you choose a three-bedroom home for a family of eight, it won’t provide enough room for everybody to live comfortably. The same is true with hosting.\r\n\r\nIf you choose VPS hosting for a website in need of dedicated web server hosting, you will run into all types of issues. VPS hosting is a great way to bridge the cost gap between shared and dedicated hosting, but it’s not the perfect solution for every project.\r\n<h3>Understanding VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nVPS stands for virtual private server and this type of hosting is the first upgrade from the cheaper shared hosting. VPS hosting provides a partition of a server for your website(s). You don\'t have to share your assigned resources with any other hosting account like you do with shared hosting.\r\n\r\nThe main reason for choosing VPS hosting is because your website has grown to a higher traffic volume than shared hosting can handle. This is the first step in your journey towards a dedicated server for your website hosting.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4834\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0; margin-top: 25px;\" alt=\"vps vs dedicated servers chart\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-vs-dedicated-chart.png\" width=\"920\" height=\"368\" />\r\n<h3>What do VPS and Dedicated Server Hosting have in Common?</h3>\r\nVPS hosting is known as the middle-range of hosting and was originally created to bridge the pricing gap between shared and dedicated server hosting. This type of hosting provides many of the benefits of a dedicated server without the high cost. When compared to shared hosting, VPS hosting is successful at providing some of the same things as dedicated hosting, but on a smaller scale.\r\n\r\nWhen looking at virtual dedicated server vs dedicated server hosting the one thing that is very similar is the fact that the client has their own resources. They know how much bandwidth they have, how much space they can use and the other resources provided as a part of their package. This is the same with both types of hosting.\r\n\r\nAnother similar feature of the two, they are highly customizable. With virtual dedicated server and dedicated server hosting you can customize the type of security and the type of control panel used. These two items are very important and you won’t find shared hosting with customizable security or control panels.\r\n\r\nThe final similarity between virtual dedicated server and dedicated server hosting is the pricing structure. Even though virtual dedicated hosting is much cheaper compared to a dedicated server, the pricing structure is very similar. You pay for the resources you need and when you use them up, you can upgrade and pay more money each month for a larger amount of resources.\r\n\r\nVPS hosting starts at a lower rate and will increase with each upgrade. As you need more resources, you will upgrade to the next level, which comes with a higher monthly cost. Dedicated hosting has the exact same price structure, but it starts at a higher price because you gain access to all the resources of the server.\r\n<h3>Some of the Downfalls of VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nSometimes when you cannot afford dedicated server hosting and you choose VPS hosting instead, you don’t get enough resources. You might fly through your bandwidth in a matter of days and the package may end up costing more than a good dedicated web server would. This happens with sites receiving a large amount of traffic.\r\n\r\nIt’s always a good idea to assess the needs of your site before you upgrade from shared hosting to VPS or from one VPS package to another. Some hosting companies will allow you to purchase additional resources if you run out half way through the month, but this will just become more expensive. It’s always a better idea to upgrade to the next level of VPS hosting before purchasing additional resources.\r\n<h3 style=\"text-align: center;\">How to Assess Your Bandwidth Needs</h3>\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4766\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-requirements.jpg\" width=\"916\" height=\"306\" /><img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4767\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px;\" alt=\"bandwidth available\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-available.png\" width=\"498\" height=\"413\" />After looking at the VPS and Dedicated hosting packages from ITX Design, you will quickly realize each plan provides a little more bandwidth and disk space than the level below. Here’s how they breakdown.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VPS Lite – 500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Basic – 1,500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Premium – 2,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Webmaster – 5,000GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Professional – 10,000 GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Enterprise – 12,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Monster – 15,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIf you want to calculate your bandwidth needs, you must look at the average page size of your website, the average visitors per day and the average pages viewed per visitor. These three numbers plugged into a basic formula will show you the estimated bandwidth you require.\r\n\r\n<i>Formula – # of Visitors x # of Pages x Avg. Page Size x 31 (days in a month) = Bandwidth Needed</i>\r\n<h3 style=\"clear: both;\">Looking at a Couple Examples</h3>\r\nLet’s look at a couple traffic exchanges for this example. The first is a newer choice and considered a medium traffic site called cresthits.com. The second we will look at is the largest traffic exchange in the industry called, easyhits4u.com.\r\n\r\nBy using the Pingdom Load Time calculator we can find out the average page size of both sites. We can use Website Outlook to figure out the average daily page views, which we can divide by the average page views per visit from Alexa.com, to figure out the average daily visitors.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 770 daily page views / 1.80 views per visitor = 428 visitors per day</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 1,127,049 daily page views / 48.90 views per visitor = 23,048 visitors per day</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Page Size from Pingdom</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 906.4KB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 795.9KB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nNow, we can plug both into the formula from above to figure out which package fits with each site.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 428 visitors x 1.80 page views x 906.4KB page size x 31 = 21,647,007KB or 21.7 GB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 23,048 visitors x 48.90 page views x 795.9KB x 31 = 27,807,522,860 KB or 27,807.5 GB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nCrestHits can get by with the VPS Lite package, whereas EasyHits4U would need at least two of the Dedicated Monster web servers for hosting. This is a bit of an extreme example, but it shows you how to calculate your needs. Both of these sites grow every day, which is another variable you must factor into the equation.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4768\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"projected bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/projected-bandwidth-requirements.png\" width=\"462\" height=\"398\" />\r\n<h3>Factoring for Growth</h3>\r\nIf your website has received an average of 500 visitors a day over the past 6 months, but over the last month, you’re receiving an average of 1,500 visitors per day, you require more bandwidth than you did at the beginning. Make sure to factor for this by using the above equation with your most recent traffic numbers.\r\n\r\nWhen considering the differences in size of the VPS and Dedicated web server hosting packages from ITX Design, make sure you run the numbers first. You don’t want to suffer downtime because you chose a package with fewer resources than you need. Always round up and choose a package capable of supporting your expected growth.\r\n<h3>Bigger is Better, at least with Hosting</h3>\r\nAs long as you choose a top hosting company, such as ITX Design, bigger is always better. Going back to the example of a family living in a house, many families have an extra room called a guest room. This is used to accommodate family and friends when they visit. Of course, it can also be used if a new addition to the family becomes a reality.\r\n\r\nHosting works the same way. When you choose between VPS and dedicated hosting, you want more resources than you need. This will allow for growth without the added expense. It also allows you to expand into new areas, such as a new website or a blog, if that\'s part of your plan.\r\n<h3>Comparing Affordable VPS Hosting to Dedicated Hosting</h3>\r\nThere used to be a huge gap between shared hosting and dedicated hosting. It used to be that if you could not afford to spend at least $150 a month for hosting you had to use shared hosting for your website or blog. However, affordable VPS hosting changed all that and filled in the gap perfectly. So, how does it compare to dedicated hosting?\r\nDedicated hosting gives you the entire server and this is going to be a more secure type of hosting than VPS hosting. Yes it’s more secure than shared hosting, but you are still on the same server as other hosting accounts. This still leaves you more vulnerable than if you were renting or owned the entire server.\r\nThe biggest difference between dedicated and VPS hosting is found within the price. If you want to rent the smallest server from a hosting company, it will cost you around $140 a month. That is enough to get a very large VPS package, but if you do reach this point with your affordable VPS hosting, it may be time to think about upgrading to dedicated hosting.\r\n<h3>How are Virtual Dedicated Server Hosting and Dedicated Hosting Different?</h3>\r\nOf course, it’s easy to point out the price as a difference between VPS and dedicated hosting. However, this really isn’t much of a difference. Since most dedicated hosting packages provide a larger allocation of resources, compared to VPS hosting packages, the price is about the same based on the resources provided. The easy way to look at VPS and dedicated hosting, when looking at the price, is to look at a dedicated server as the next step after the largest VPS hosting package.\r\n\r\nThe major difference found between virtual dedicated server hosting and dedicated hosting is the “shared” part of the hosting. Even though you’re provided your own allocation of resources with VPS hosting, you still share a server with other websites. This isn’t the case with dedicated server hosting. When you pay for a dedicated server, you’re the only one using the resources of that server.\r\n\r\nAnother difference comes in the size of the hosting package. Typically, VPS hosting packages only offer a portion of the resources you get with a dedicated server package. This makes perfect sense, as VPS hosting fills the gap between shared and dedicated hosting.\r\n<h3>Making the Final Decision Between VPS and Dedicated Hosting</h3>\r\nThe right decision for your website(s) can be determined by the number and your own business plan. The good news, if you start with the smallest VPS package, you can upgrade as needed. This allows you to grow your business and your hosting together.\r\n\r\nAfter looking over your business plan and your current needs, if you have any questions about the right size VPS or dedicated hosting company for your needs; you can contact the support team at ITX Design for help.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4792\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px; margin-left: 5px;\" alt=\"shared hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting2.jpg\" width=\"290\" height=\"277\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4793\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px;\" alt=\"vps hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting2.jpg\" width=\"290\" height=\"277\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4791\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px;\" alt=\"dedicated hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-hosting2.jpg\" width=\"290\" height=\"277\" /></a>','VPS vs Dedicated Hosting','','publish','open','closed','','vps-vs-dedicated-hosting','','','2014-02-26 17:54:32','2014-02-26 22:54:32','',0,'http://itxdesign.com/?page_id=4764',0,'page','',0),(4765,3,'2014-01-24 15:48:32','2014-01-24 20:48:32','','vps-vs-shared','','inherit','open','closed','','vps-vs-shared','','','2014-01-24 15:48:32','2014-01-24 20:48:32','',4764,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-vs-shared.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4766,3,'2014-01-24 15:49:40','2014-01-24 20:49:40','','bandwidth-requirements','','inherit','open','closed','','bandwidth-requirements','','','2014-01-24 15:49:40','2014-01-24 20:49:40','',4764,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-requirements.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4767,3,'2014-01-24 15:51:06','2014-01-24 20:51:06','','bandwidth-available','','inherit','open','closed','','bandwidth-available','','','2014-01-24 15:51:06','2014-01-24 20:51:06','',4764,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-available.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4768,3,'2014-01-24 15:52:27','2014-01-24 20:52:27','','projected-bandwidth-requirements','','inherit','open','closed','','projected-bandwidth-requirements','','','2014-01-24 15:52:27','2014-01-24 20:52:27','',4764,'http://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/projected-bandwidth-requirements.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4769,3,'2014-01-24 15:52:56','2014-01-24 20:52:56','<img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-vs-shared.png\" alt=\"VPS Hosting vs Shared Hosting\" width=\"940\" height=\"409\" class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4765\" style=\"border:0; padding:0;\" />\r\n<h3>VPS vs. Dedicated Hosting, Which Should you Choose?</h3>\r\nMaking the right decision when it comes to your website hosting is like choosing the right house for your family. The website(s) are like the people living in the house and the hosting is the house. If you choose a three-bedroom home for a family of eight, it won’t provide enough room for everybody to live comfortably. The same is true with hosting.\r\n\r\nIf you choose VPS hosting for a website in need of dedicated web server hosting, you will run into all types of issues. VPS hosting is a great way to bridge the cost gap between shared and dedicated hosting, but it’s not the perfect solution for every project.\r\n\r\n<h3>Understanding VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nVPS stands for virtual private server and this type of hosting is the first upgrade from the cheaper shared hosting. VPS hosting provides a partition of a server for your website(s). You don\'t have to share your assigned resources with any other hosting account like you do with shared hosting.\r\n\r\nThe main reason for choosing VPS hosting is because your website has grown to a higher traffic volume than shared hosting can handle. This is the first step in your journey towards a dedicated server for your website hosting.\r\n\r\n<h3>Some of the Downfalls of VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nSometimes when you cannot afford dedicated server hosting and you choose VPS hosting instead, you don’t get enough resources. You might fly through your bandwidth in a matter of days and the package may end up costing more than a good dedicated web server would. This happens with sites receiving a large amount of traffic.\r\n\r\nIt’s always a good idea to assess the needs of your site before you upgrade from shared hosting to VPS or from one VPS package to another. Some hosting companies will allow you to purchase additional resources if you run out half way through the month, but this will just become more expensive. It’s always a better idea to upgrade to the next level of VPS hosting before purchasing additional resources.\r\n\r\n<h3>How to Assess Your Bandwidth Needs</h3>\r\n<img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-requirements.jpg\" style=\"border:0; padding:0;\" alt=\"bandwidth requirements\" width=\"916\" height=\"306\" class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4766\" />\r\nAfter looking at the VPS and Dedicated hosting packages from ITX Design, you will quickly realize each plan provides a little more bandwidth and disk space than the level below. Here’s how they breakdown.\r\n<img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-available.png\" style=\"border:0; padding:0;\" alt=\"bandwidth available\" width=\"830\" height=\"688\" class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4767\" />\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VPS Lite – 500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Basic – 1,500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Premium – 2,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Webmaster – 5,000GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Professional – 10,000 GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Enterprise – 12,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Monster – 15,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIf you want to calculate your bandwidth needs, you must look at the average page size of your website, the average visitors per day and the average pages viewed per visitor. These three numbers plugged into a basic formula will show you the estimated bandwidth you require.\r\n\r\n<i>Formula – # of Visitors x # of Pages x Avg. Page Size x 31 (days in a month) = Bandwidth Needed</i>\r\n\r\n<h3>Looking at a Couple Examples</h3>\r\n\r\nLet’s look at a couple traffic exchanges for this example. The first is a newer choice and considered a medium traffic site called cresthits.com. The second we will look at is the largest traffic exchange in the industry called, easyhits4u.com.\r\n\r\nBy using the Pingdom Load Time calculator we can find out the average page size of both sites. We can use Website Outlook to figure out the average daily page views, which we can divide by the average page views per visit from Alexa.com, to figure out the average daily visitors.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 770 daily page views / 1.80 views per visitor = 428 visitors per day</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 1,127,049 daily page views / 48.90 views per visitor = 23,048 visitors per day</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Page Size from Pingdom</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 906.4KB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 795.9KB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nNow, we can plug both into the formula from above to figure out which package fits with each site.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 428 visitors x 1.80 page views x 906.4KB page size x 31 = 21,647,007KB or 21.7 GB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 23,048 visitors x 48.90 page views x 795.9KB x 31 = 27,807,522,860 KB or 27,807.5 GB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nCrestHits can get by with the VPS Lite package, whereas EasyHits4U would need at least two of the Dedicated Monster web servers for hosting. This is a bit of an extreme example, but it shows you how to calculate your needs. Both of these sites grow every day, which is another variable you must factor into the equation.\r\n\r\n<h3>Factoring for Growth</h3>\r\n<img src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/projected-bandwidth-requirements.png\" alt=\"projected bandwidth requirements\" width=\"462\" height=\"398\" class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4768\" />If your website has received an average of 500 visitors a day over the past 6 months, but over the last month, you’re receiving an average of 1,500 visitors per day, you require more bandwidth than you did at the beginning. Make sure to factor for this by using the above equation with your most recent traffic numbers.\r\n\r\nWhen considering the differences in size of the VPS and Dedicated web server hosting packages from ITX Design, make sure you run the numbers first. You don’t want to suffer downtime because you chose a package with fewer resources than you need. Always round up and choose a package capable of supporting your expected growth.\r\n\r\n<h3>Bigger is Better, at least with Hosting</h3>\r\n\r\nAs long as you choose a top hosting company, such as ITX Design, bigger is always better. Going back to the example of a family living in a house, many families have an extra room called a guest room. This is used to accommodate family and friends when they visit. Of course, it can also be used if a new addition to the family becomes a reality.\r\n\r\nHosting works the same way. When you choose between VPS and dedicated hosting, you want more resources than you need. This will allow for growth without the added expense. It also allows you to expand into new areas, such as a new website or a blog, if that\'s part of your plan.\r\n\r\n<h3>Making the Final Decision Between VPS and Dedicated Hosting </h3>\r\n\r\nThe right decision for your website(s) can be determined by the number and your own business plan. The good news, if you start with the smallest VPS package, you can upgrade as needed. This allows you to grow your business and your hosting together.\r\n\r\nAfter looking over your business plan and your current needs, if you have any questions about the right size VPS or dedicated hosting company for your needs; you can contact the support team at ITX Design for help.','VPS vs Dedicated Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','4764-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 15:52:56','2014-01-24 20:52:56','',4764,'http://itxdesign.com/4764-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4770,3,'2014-01-24 16:57:11','2014-01-24 21:57:11','<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4778\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"VPS vs Dedicated Hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-vs-dedicated-hosting.png\" width=\"940\" height=\"409\" />\n<h3>VPS vs. Dedicated Hosting, Which Should you Choose?</h3>\nMaking the right decision when it comes to your website hosting is like choosing the right house for your family. The website(s) are like the people living in the house and the hosting is the house. If you choose a three-bedroom home for a family of eight, it won’t provide enough room for everybody to live comfortably. The same is true with hosting.\n\nIf you choose VPS hosting for a website in need of dedicated web server hosting, you will run into all types of issues. VPS hosting is a great way to bridge the cost gap between shared and dedicated hosting, but it’s not the perfect solution for every project.\n<h3>Understanding VPS Hosting</h3>\nVPS stands for virtual private server and this type of hosting is the first upgrade from the cheaper shared hosting. VPS hosting provides a partition of a server for your website(s). You don\'t have to share your assigned resources with any other hosting account like you do with shared hosting.\n\nThe main reason for choosing VPS hosting is because your website has grown to a higher traffic volume than shared hosting can handle. This is the first step in your journey towards a dedicated server for your website hosting.\n<h3>What do VPS and Dedicated Server Hosting have in Common?</h3>\nVPS hosting is known as the middle-range of hosting and was originally created to bridge the pricing gap between shared and dedicated server hosting. This type of hosting provides many of the benefits of a dedicated server without the high cost. When compared to shared hosting, VPS hosting is successful at providing some of the same things as dedicated hosting, but on a smaller scale.\n\nWhen looking at virtual dedicated server vs dedicated server hosting the one thing that is very similar is the fact that the client has their own resources. They know how much bandwidth they have, how much space they can use and the other resources provided as a part of their package. This is the same with both types of hosting.\n\nAnother similar feature of the two, they are highly customizable. With virtual dedicated server and dedicated server hosting you can customize the type of security and the type of control panel used. These two items are very important and you won’t find shared hosting with customizable security or control panels.\n\nThe final similarity between virtual dedicated server and dedicated server hosting is the pricing structure. Even though virtual dedicated hosting is much cheaper compared to a dedicated server, the pricing structure is very similar. You pay for the resources you need and when you use them up, you can upgrade and pay more money each month for a larger amount of resources.\n\nVPS hosting starts at a lower rate and will increase with each upgrade. As you need more resources, you will upgrade to the next level, which comes with a higher monthly cost. Dedicated hosting has the exact same price structure, but it starts at a higher price because you gain access to all the resources of the server.\n<h3>Some of the Downfalls of VPS Hosting</h3>\nSometimes when you cannot afford dedicated server hosting and you choose VPS hosting instead, you don’t get enough resources. You might fly through your bandwidth in a matter of days and the package may end up costing more than a good dedicated web server would. This happens with sites receiving a large amount of traffic.\n\nIt’s always a good idea to assess the needs of your site before you upgrade from shared hosting to VPS or from one VPS package to another. Some hosting companies will allow you to purchase additional resources if you run out half way through the month, but this will just become more expensive. It’s always a better idea to upgrade to the next level of VPS hosting before purchasing additional resources.\n<h3 style=\"text-align: center;\">How to Assess Your Bandwidth Needs</h3>\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4766\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-requirements.jpg\" width=\"916\" height=\"306\" /><img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4767\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px;\" alt=\"bandwidth available\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-available.png\" width=\"498\" height=\"413\" />After looking at the VPS and Dedicated hosting packages from ITX Design, you will quickly realize each plan provides a little more bandwidth and disk space than the level below. Here’s how they breakdown.\n<ul>\n	<li>VPS Lite – 500GB of bandwidth</li>\n	<li>VPS Basic – 1,500GB of bandwidth</li>\n	<li>VPS Premium – 2,000GB of bandwidth</li>\n	<li>Dedicated Webmaster – 5,000GB bandwidth</li>\n	<li>Dedicated Professional – 10,000 GB bandwidth</li>\n	<li>Dedicated Enterprise – 12,000GB of bandwidth</li>\n	<li>Dedicated Monster – 15,000GB of bandwidth</li>\n</ul>\nIf you want to calculate your bandwidth needs, you must look at the average page size of your website, the average visitors per day and the average pages viewed per visitor. These three numbers plugged into a basic formula will show you the estimated bandwidth you require.\n\n<i>Formula – # of Visitors x # of Pages x Avg. Page Size x 31 (days in a month) = Bandwidth Needed</i>\n<h3 style=\"clear: both;\">Looking at a Couple Examples</h3>\nLet’s look at a couple traffic exchanges for this example. The first is a newer choice and considered a medium traffic site called cresthits.com. The second we will look at is the largest traffic exchange in the industry called, easyhits4u.com.\n\nBy using the Pingdom Load Time calculator we can find out the average page size of both sites. We can use Website Outlook to figure out the average daily page views, which we can divide by the average page views per visit from Alexa.com, to figure out the average daily visitors.\n<ul>\n	<li>CrestHits – 770 daily page views / 1.80 views per visitor = 428 visitors per day</li>\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 1,127,049 daily page views / 48.90 views per visitor = 23,048 visitors per day</li>\n</ul>\n<h3>Page Size from Pingdom</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>CrestHits – 906.4KB</li>\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 795.9KB</li>\n</ul>\nNow, we can plug both into the formula from above to figure out which package fits with each site.\n<ul>\n	<li>CrestHits – 428 visitors x 1.80 page views x 906.4KB page size x 31 = 21,647,007KB or 21.7 GB</li>\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 23,048 visitors x 48.90 page views x 795.9KB x 31 = 27,807,522,860 KB or 27,807.5 GB</li>\n</ul>\nCrestHits can get by with the VPS Lite package, whereas EasyHits4U would need at least two of the Dedicated Monster web servers for hosting. This is a bit of an extreme example, but it shows you how to calculate your needs. Both of these sites grow every day, which is another variable you must factor into the equation.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4768\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"projected bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/projected-bandwidth-requirements.png\" width=\"462\" height=\"398\" />\n<h3>Factoring for Growth</h3>\nIf your website has received an average of 500 visitors a day over the past 6 months, but over the last month, you’re receiving an average of 1,500 visitors per day, you require more bandwidth than you did at the beginning. Make sure to factor for this by using the above equation with your most recent traffic numbers.\n\nWhen considering the differences in size of the VPS and Dedicated web server hosting packages from ITX Design, make sure you run the numbers first. You don’t want to suffer downtime because you chose a package with fewer resources than you need. Always round up and choose a package capable of supporting your expected growth.\n<h3>Bigger is Better, at least with Hosting</h3>\nAs long as you choose a top hosting company, such as ITX Design, bigger is always better. Going back to the example of a family living in a house, many families have an extra room called a guest room. This is used to accommodate family and friends when they visit. Of course, it can also be used if a new addition to the family becomes a reality.\n\nHosting works the same way. When you choose between VPS and dedicated hosting, you want more resources than you need. This will allow for growth without the added expense. It also allows you to expand into new areas, such as a new website or a blog, if that\'s part of your plan.\n<h3>How are Virtual Dedicated Server Hosting and Dedicated Hosting Different?</h3>\nOf course, it’s easy to point out the price as a difference between VPS and dedicated hosting. However, this really isn’t much of a difference. Since most dedicated hosting packages provide a larger allocation of resources, compared to VPS hosting packages, the price is about the same based on the resources provided. The easy way to look at VPS and dedicated hosting, when looking at the price, is to look at a dedicated server as the next step after the largest VPS hosting package.\n\nThe major difference found between virtual dedicated server hosting and dedicated hosting is the “shared” part of the hosting. Even though you’re provided your own allocation of resources with VPS hosting, you still share a server with other websites. This isn’t the case with dedicated server hosting. When you pay for a dedicated server, you’re the only one using the resources of that server.\n\nAnother difference comes in the size of the hosting package. Typically, VPS hosting packages only offer a portion of the resources you get with a dedicated server package. This makes perfect sense, as VPS hosting fills the gap between shared and dedicated hosting.\n<h3>Making the Final Decision Between VPS and Dedicated Hosting</h3>\nThe right decision for your website(s) can be determined by the number and your own business plan. The good news, if you start with the smallest VPS package, you can upgrade as needed. This allows you to grow your business and your hosting together.\n\nAfter looking over your business plan and your current needs, if you have any questions about the right size VPS or dedicated hosting company for your needs; you can contact the support team at ITX Design for help.\n\n<a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/compare-hosting-plans/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4792\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px;\" alt=\"shared hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/shared-hosting2.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"258\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/vps-hosting/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4793\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px;\" alt=\"vps hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-hosting2.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"258\" /></a><a href=\"https://itxdesign.com/dedicated-servers/\"><img class=\"alignleft  wp-image-4791\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px;\" alt=\"dedicated hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/dedicated-hosting2.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"287\" /></a>','VPS vs Dedicated Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','4764-autosave-v1','','','2014-01-24 16:57:11','2014-01-24 21:57:11','',4764,'http://itxdesign.com/4764-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4771,3,'2014-01-24 15:54:28','2014-01-24 20:54:28','<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4765\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"VPS Hosting vs Shared Hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-vs-shared.png\" width=\"940\" height=\"409\" />\r\n<h3>VPS vs. Dedicated Hosting, Which Should you Choose?</h3>\r\nMaking the right decision when it comes to your website hosting is like choosing the right house for your family. The website(s) are like the people living in the house and the hosting is the house. If you choose a three-bedroom home for a family of eight, it won’t provide enough room for everybody to live comfortably. The same is true with hosting.\r\n\r\nIf you choose VPS hosting for a website in need of dedicated web server hosting, you will run into all types of issues. VPS hosting is a great way to bridge the cost gap between shared and dedicated hosting, but it’s not the perfect solution for every project.\r\n<h3>Understanding VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nVPS stands for virtual private server and this type of hosting is the first upgrade from the cheaper shared hosting. VPS hosting provides a partition of a server for your website(s). You don\'t have to share your assigned resources with any other hosting account like you do with shared hosting.\r\n\r\nThe main reason for choosing VPS hosting is because your website has grown to a higher traffic volume than shared hosting can handle. This is the first step in your journey towards a dedicated server for your website hosting.\r\n<h3>Some of the Downfalls of VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nSometimes when you cannot afford dedicated server hosting and you choose VPS hosting instead, you don’t get enough resources. You might fly through your bandwidth in a matter of days and the package may end up costing more than a good dedicated web server would. This happens with sites receiving a large amount of traffic.\r\n\r\nIt’s always a good idea to assess the needs of your site before you upgrade from shared hosting to VPS or from one VPS package to another. Some hosting companies will allow you to purchase additional resources if you run out half way through the month, but this will just become more expensive. It’s always a better idea to upgrade to the next level of VPS hosting before purchasing additional resources.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3 style=\"text-align: center;\">How to Assess Your Bandwidth Needs</h3>\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4766\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-requirements.jpg\" width=\"916\" height=\"306\" />\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4767\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"bandwidth available\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-available.png\" width=\"480\" height=\"397\" />After looking at the VPS and Dedicated hosting packages from ITX Design, you will quickly realize each plan provides a little more bandwidth and disk space than the level below. Here’s how they breakdown.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VPS Lite – 500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Basic – 1,500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Premium – 2,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Webmaster – 5,000GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Professional – 10,000 GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Enterprise – 12,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Monster – 15,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIf you want to calculate your bandwidth needs, you must look at the average page size of your website, the average visitors per day and the average pages viewed per visitor. These three numbers plugged into a basic formula will show you the estimated bandwidth you require.\r\n\r\n<i>Formula – # of Visitors x # of Pages x Avg. Page Size x 31 (days in a month) = Bandwidth Needed</i>\r\n<h3>Looking at a Couple Examples</h3>\r\nLet’s look at a couple traffic exchanges for this example. The first is a newer choice and considered a medium traffic site called cresthits.com. The second we will look at is the largest traffic exchange in the industry called, easyhits4u.com.\r\n\r\nBy using the Pingdom Load Time calculator we can find out the average page size of both sites. We can use Website Outlook to figure out the average daily page views, which we can divide by the average page views per visit from Alexa.com, to figure out the average daily visitors.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 770 daily page views / 1.80 views per visitor = 428 visitors per day</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 1,127,049 daily page views / 48.90 views per visitor = 23,048 visitors per day</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Page Size from Pingdom</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 906.4KB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 795.9KB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nNow, we can plug both into the formula from above to figure out which package fits with each site.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 428 visitors x 1.80 page views x 906.4KB page size x 31 = 21,647,007KB or 21.7 GB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 23,048 visitors x 48.90 page views x 795.9KB x 31 = 27,807,522,860 KB or 27,807.5 GB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nCrestHits can get by with the VPS Lite package, whereas EasyHits4U would need at least two of the Dedicated Monster web servers for hosting. This is a bit of an extreme example, but it shows you how to calculate your needs. Both of these sites grow every day, which is another variable you must factor into the equation.\r\n<h3>Factoring for Growth</h3>\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4768\" alt=\"projected bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/projected-bandwidth-requirements.png\" width=\"462\" height=\"398\" />If your website has received an average of 500 visitors a day over the past 6 months, but over the last month, you’re receiving an average of 1,500 visitors per day, you require more bandwidth than you did at the beginning. Make sure to factor for this by using the above equation with your most recent traffic numbers.\r\n\r\nWhen considering the differences in size of the VPS and Dedicated web server hosting packages from ITX Design, make sure you run the numbers first. You don’t want to suffer downtime because you chose a package with fewer resources than you need. Always round up and choose a package capable of supporting your expected growth.\r\n<h3>Bigger is Better, at least with Hosting</h3>\r\nAs long as you choose a top hosting company, such as ITX Design, bigger is always better. Going back to the example of a family living in a house, many families have an extra room called a guest room. This is used to accommodate family and friends when they visit. Of course, it can also be used if a new addition to the family becomes a reality.\r\n\r\nHosting works the same way. When you choose between VPS and dedicated hosting, you want more resources than you need. This will allow for growth without the added expense. It also allows you to expand into new areas, such as a new website or a blog, if that\'s part of your plan.\r\n<h3>Making the Final Decision Between VPS and Dedicated Hosting</h3>\r\nThe right decision for your website(s) can be determined by the number and your own business plan. The good news, if you start with the smallest VPS package, you can upgrade as needed. This allows you to grow your business and your hosting together.\r\n\r\nAfter looking over your business plan and your current needs, if you have any questions about the right size VPS or dedicated hosting company for your needs; you can contact the support team at ITX Design for help.','VPS vs Dedicated Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','4764-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 15:54:28','2014-01-24 20:54:28','',4764,'http://itxdesign.com/4764-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4772,3,'2014-01-24 15:54:49','2014-01-24 20:54:49','<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4765\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"VPS Hosting vs Shared Hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-vs-shared.png\" width=\"940\" height=\"409\" />\r\n<h3>VPS vs. Dedicated Hosting, Which Should you Choose?</h3>\r\nMaking the right decision when it comes to your website hosting is like choosing the right house for your family. The website(s) are like the people living in the house and the hosting is the house. If you choose a three-bedroom home for a family of eight, it won’t provide enough room for everybody to live comfortably. The same is true with hosting.\r\n\r\nIf you choose VPS hosting for a website in need of dedicated web server hosting, you will run into all types of issues. VPS hosting is a great way to bridge the cost gap between shared and dedicated hosting, but it’s not the perfect solution for every project.\r\n<h3>Understanding VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nVPS stands for virtual private server and this type of hosting is the first upgrade from the cheaper shared hosting. VPS hosting provides a partition of a server for your website(s). You don\'t have to share your assigned resources with any other hosting account like you do with shared hosting.\r\n\r\nThe main reason for choosing VPS hosting is because your website has grown to a higher traffic volume than shared hosting can handle. This is the first step in your journey towards a dedicated server for your website hosting.\r\n<h3>Some of the Downfalls of VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nSometimes when you cannot afford dedicated server hosting and you choose VPS hosting instead, you don’t get enough resources. You might fly through your bandwidth in a matter of days and the package may end up costing more than a good dedicated web server would. This happens with sites receiving a large amount of traffic.\r\n\r\nIt’s always a good idea to assess the needs of your site before you upgrade from shared hosting to VPS or from one VPS package to another. Some hosting companies will allow you to purchase additional resources if you run out half way through the month, but this will just become more expensive. It’s always a better idea to upgrade to the next level of VPS hosting before purchasing additional resources.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3 style=\"text-align: center;\">How to Assess Your Bandwidth Needs</h3>\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4766\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-requirements.jpg\" width=\"916\" height=\"306\" />\r\n<img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4767\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px;\" alt=\"bandwidth available\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-available.png\" width=\"498\" height=\"413\" />After looking at the VPS and Dedicated hosting packages from ITX Design, you will quickly realize each plan provides a little more bandwidth and disk space than the level below. Here’s how they breakdown.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VPS Lite – 500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Basic – 1,500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Premium – 2,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Webmaster – 5,000GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Professional – 10,000 GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Enterprise – 12,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Monster – 15,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIf you want to calculate your bandwidth needs, you must look at the average page size of your website, the average visitors per day and the average pages viewed per visitor. These three numbers plugged into a basic formula will show you the estimated bandwidth you require.\r\n\r\n<i>Formula – # of Visitors x # of Pages x Avg. Page Size x 31 (days in a month) = Bandwidth Needed</i>\r\n<h3>Looking at a Couple Examples</h3>\r\nLet’s look at a couple traffic exchanges for this example. The first is a newer choice and considered a medium traffic site called cresthits.com. The second we will look at is the largest traffic exchange in the industry called, easyhits4u.com.\r\n\r\nBy using the Pingdom Load Time calculator we can find out the average page size of both sites. We can use Website Outlook to figure out the average daily page views, which we can divide by the average page views per visit from Alexa.com, to figure out the average daily visitors.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 770 daily page views / 1.80 views per visitor = 428 visitors per day</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 1,127,049 daily page views / 48.90 views per visitor = 23,048 visitors per day</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Page Size from Pingdom</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 906.4KB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 795.9KB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nNow, we can plug both into the formula from above to figure out which package fits with each site.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 428 visitors x 1.80 page views x 906.4KB page size x 31 = 21,647,007KB or 21.7 GB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 23,048 visitors x 48.90 page views x 795.9KB x 31 = 27,807,522,860 KB or 27,807.5 GB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nCrestHits can get by with the VPS Lite package, whereas EasyHits4U would need at least two of the Dedicated Monster web servers for hosting. This is a bit of an extreme example, but it shows you how to calculate your needs. Both of these sites grow every day, which is another variable you must factor into the equation.\r\n<h3>Factoring for Growth</h3>\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4768\" alt=\"projected bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/projected-bandwidth-requirements.png\" width=\"462\" height=\"398\" />If your website has received an average of 500 visitors a day over the past 6 months, but over the last month, you’re receiving an average of 1,500 visitors per day, you require more bandwidth than you did at the beginning. Make sure to factor for this by using the above equation with your most recent traffic numbers.\r\n\r\nWhen considering the differences in size of the VPS and Dedicated web server hosting packages from ITX Design, make sure you run the numbers first. You don’t want to suffer downtime because you chose a package with fewer resources than you need. Always round up and choose a package capable of supporting your expected growth.\r\n<h3>Bigger is Better, at least with Hosting</h3>\r\nAs long as you choose a top hosting company, such as ITX Design, bigger is always better. Going back to the example of a family living in a house, many families have an extra room called a guest room. This is used to accommodate family and friends when they visit. Of course, it can also be used if a new addition to the family becomes a reality.\r\n\r\nHosting works the same way. When you choose between VPS and dedicated hosting, you want more resources than you need. This will allow for growth without the added expense. It also allows you to expand into new areas, such as a new website or a blog, if that\'s part of your plan.\r\n<h3>Making the Final Decision Between VPS and Dedicated Hosting</h3>\r\nThe right decision for your website(s) can be determined by the number and your own business plan. The good news, if you start with the smallest VPS package, you can upgrade as needed. This allows you to grow your business and your hosting together.\r\n\r\nAfter looking over your business plan and your current needs, if you have any questions about the right size VPS or dedicated hosting company for your needs; you can contact the support team at ITX Design for help.','VPS vs Dedicated Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','4764-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 15:54:49','2014-01-24 20:54:49','',4764,'http://itxdesign.com/4764-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4773,3,'2014-01-24 15:55:28','2014-01-24 20:55:28','<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4765\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"VPS Hosting vs Shared Hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-vs-shared.png\" width=\"940\" height=\"409\" />\r\n<h3>VPS vs. Dedicated Hosting, Which Should you Choose?</h3>\r\nMaking the right decision when it comes to your website hosting is like choosing the right house for your family. The website(s) are like the people living in the house and the hosting is the house. If you choose a three-bedroom home for a family of eight, it won’t provide enough room for everybody to live comfortably. The same is true with hosting.\r\n\r\nIf you choose VPS hosting for a website in need of dedicated web server hosting, you will run into all types of issues. VPS hosting is a great way to bridge the cost gap between shared and dedicated hosting, but it’s not the perfect solution for every project.\r\n<h3>Understanding VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nVPS stands for virtual private server and this type of hosting is the first upgrade from the cheaper shared hosting. VPS hosting provides a partition of a server for your website(s). You don\'t have to share your assigned resources with any other hosting account like you do with shared hosting.\r\n\r\nThe main reason for choosing VPS hosting is because your website has grown to a higher traffic volume than shared hosting can handle. This is the first step in your journey towards a dedicated server for your website hosting.\r\n<h3>Some of the Downfalls of VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nSometimes when you cannot afford dedicated server hosting and you choose VPS hosting instead, you don’t get enough resources. You might fly through your bandwidth in a matter of days and the package may end up costing more than a good dedicated web server would. This happens with sites receiving a large amount of traffic.\r\n\r\nIt’s always a good idea to assess the needs of your site before you upgrade from shared hosting to VPS or from one VPS package to another. Some hosting companies will allow you to purchase additional resources if you run out half way through the month, but this will just become more expensive. It’s always a better idea to upgrade to the next level of VPS hosting before purchasing additional resources.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3 style=\"text-align: center;\">How to Assess Your Bandwidth Needs</h3>\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4766\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-requirements.jpg\" width=\"916\" height=\"306\" /><img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4767\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px;\" alt=\"bandwidth available\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-available.png\" width=\"498\" height=\"413\" />After looking at the VPS and Dedicated hosting packages from ITX Design, you will quickly realize each plan provides a little more bandwidth and disk space than the level below. Here’s how they breakdown.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VPS Lite – 500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Basic – 1,500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Premium – 2,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Webmaster – 5,000GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Professional – 10,000 GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Enterprise – 12,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Monster – 15,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIf you want to calculate your bandwidth needs, you must look at the average page size of your website, the average visitors per day and the average pages viewed per visitor. These three numbers plugged into a basic formula will show you the estimated bandwidth you require.\r\n\r\n<i>Formula – # of Visitors x # of Pages x Avg. Page Size x 31 (days in a month) = Bandwidth Needed</i>\r\n<h3 style=\"clear:both;\">Looking at a Couple Examples</h3>\r\nLet’s look at a couple traffic exchanges for this example. The first is a newer choice and considered a medium traffic site called cresthits.com. The second we will look at is the largest traffic exchange in the industry called, easyhits4u.com.\r\n\r\nBy using the Pingdom Load Time calculator we can find out the average page size of both sites. We can use Website Outlook to figure out the average daily page views, which we can divide by the average page views per visit from Alexa.com, to figure out the average daily visitors.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 770 daily page views / 1.80 views per visitor = 428 visitors per day</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 1,127,049 daily page views / 48.90 views per visitor = 23,048 visitors per day</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Page Size from Pingdom</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 906.4KB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 795.9KB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nNow, we can plug both into the formula from above to figure out which package fits with each site.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 428 visitors x 1.80 page views x 906.4KB page size x 31 = 21,647,007KB or 21.7 GB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 23,048 visitors x 48.90 page views x 795.9KB x 31 = 27,807,522,860 KB or 27,807.5 GB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nCrestHits can get by with the VPS Lite package, whereas EasyHits4U would need at least two of the Dedicated Monster web servers for hosting. This is a bit of an extreme example, but it shows you how to calculate your needs. Both of these sites grow every day, which is another variable you must factor into the equation.\r\n<h3>Factoring for Growth</h3>\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4768\" alt=\"projected bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/projected-bandwidth-requirements.png\" width=\"462\" height=\"398\" />If your website has received an average of 500 visitors a day over the past 6 months, but over the last month, you’re receiving an average of 1,500 visitors per day, you require more bandwidth than you did at the beginning. Make sure to factor for this by using the above equation with your most recent traffic numbers.\r\n\r\nWhen considering the differences in size of the VPS and Dedicated web server hosting packages from ITX Design, make sure you run the numbers first. You don’t want to suffer downtime because you chose a package with fewer resources than you need. Always round up and choose a package capable of supporting your expected growth.\r\n<h3>Bigger is Better, at least with Hosting</h3>\r\nAs long as you choose a top hosting company, such as ITX Design, bigger is always better. Going back to the example of a family living in a house, many families have an extra room called a guest room. This is used to accommodate family and friends when they visit. Of course, it can also be used if a new addition to the family becomes a reality.\r\n\r\nHosting works the same way. When you choose between VPS and dedicated hosting, you want more resources than you need. This will allow for growth without the added expense. It also allows you to expand into new areas, such as a new website or a blog, if that\'s part of your plan.\r\n<h3>Making the Final Decision Between VPS and Dedicated Hosting</h3>\r\nThe right decision for your website(s) can be determined by the number and your own business plan. The good news, if you start with the smallest VPS package, you can upgrade as needed. This allows you to grow your business and your hosting together.\r\n\r\nAfter looking over your business plan and your current needs, if you have any questions about the right size VPS or dedicated hosting company for your needs; you can contact the support team at ITX Design for help.','VPS vs Dedicated Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','4764-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 15:55:28','2014-01-24 20:55:28','',4764,'http://itxdesign.com/4764-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4774,3,'2014-01-24 15:56:05','2014-01-24 20:56:05','<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4765\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"VPS Hosting vs Shared Hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-vs-shared.png\" width=\"940\" height=\"409\" />\r\n<h3>VPS vs. Dedicated Hosting, Which Should you Choose?</h3>\r\nMaking the right decision when it comes to your website hosting is like choosing the right house for your family. The website(s) are like the people living in the house and the hosting is the house. If you choose a three-bedroom home for a family of eight, it won’t provide enough room for everybody to live comfortably. The same is true with hosting.\r\n\r\nIf you choose VPS hosting for a website in need of dedicated web server hosting, you will run into all types of issues. VPS hosting is a great way to bridge the cost gap between shared and dedicated hosting, but it’s not the perfect solution for every project.\r\n<h3>Understanding VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nVPS stands for virtual private server and this type of hosting is the first upgrade from the cheaper shared hosting. VPS hosting provides a partition of a server for your website(s). You don\'t have to share your assigned resources with any other hosting account like you do with shared hosting.\r\n\r\nThe main reason for choosing VPS hosting is because your website has grown to a higher traffic volume than shared hosting can handle. This is the first step in your journey towards a dedicated server for your website hosting.\r\n<h3>Some of the Downfalls of VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nSometimes when you cannot afford dedicated server hosting and you choose VPS hosting instead, you don’t get enough resources. You might fly through your bandwidth in a matter of days and the package may end up costing more than a good dedicated web server would. This happens with sites receiving a large amount of traffic.\r\n\r\nIt’s always a good idea to assess the needs of your site before you upgrade from shared hosting to VPS or from one VPS package to another. Some hosting companies will allow you to purchase additional resources if you run out half way through the month, but this will just become more expensive. It’s always a better idea to upgrade to the next level of VPS hosting before purchasing additional resources.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3 style=\"text-align: center;\">How to Assess Your Bandwidth Needs</h3>\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4766\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-requirements.jpg\" width=\"916\" height=\"306\" /><img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4767\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px;\" alt=\"bandwidth available\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-available.png\" width=\"498\" height=\"413\" />After looking at the VPS and Dedicated hosting packages from ITX Design, you will quickly realize each plan provides a little more bandwidth and disk space than the level below. Here’s how they breakdown.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VPS Lite – 500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Basic – 1,500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Premium – 2,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Webmaster – 5,000GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Professional – 10,000 GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Enterprise – 12,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Monster – 15,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIf you want to calculate your bandwidth needs, you must look at the average page size of your website, the average visitors per day and the average pages viewed per visitor. These three numbers plugged into a basic formula will show you the estimated bandwidth you require.\r\n\r\n<i>Formula – # of Visitors x # of Pages x Avg. Page Size x 31 (days in a month) = Bandwidth Needed</i>\r\n<h3 style=\"clear:both;\">Looking at a Couple Examples</h3>\r\nLet’s look at a couple traffic exchanges for this example. The first is a newer choice and considered a medium traffic site called cresthits.com. The second we will look at is the largest traffic exchange in the industry called, easyhits4u.com.\r\n\r\nBy using the Pingdom Load Time calculator we can find out the average page size of both sites. We can use Website Outlook to figure out the average daily page views, which we can divide by the average page views per visit from Alexa.com, to figure out the average daily visitors.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 770 daily page views / 1.80 views per visitor = 428 visitors per day</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 1,127,049 daily page views / 48.90 views per visitor = 23,048 visitors per day</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Page Size from Pingdom</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 906.4KB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 795.9KB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nNow, we can plug both into the formula from above to figure out which package fits with each site.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 428 visitors x 1.80 page views x 906.4KB page size x 31 = 21,647,007KB or 21.7 GB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 23,048 visitors x 48.90 page views x 795.9KB x 31 = 27,807,522,860 KB or 27,807.5 GB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nCrestHits can get by with the VPS Lite package, whereas EasyHits4U would need at least two of the Dedicated Monster web servers for hosting. This is a bit of an extreme example, but it shows you how to calculate your needs. Both of these sites grow every day, which is another variable you must factor into the equation.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4768\" alt=\"projected bandwidth requirements\" style=\"border:0; padding:0;\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/projected-bandwidth-requirements.png\" width=\"462\" height=\"398\" /><h3>Factoring for Growth</h3>\r\nIf your website has received an average of 500 visitors a day over the past 6 months, but over the last month, you’re receiving an average of 1,500 visitors per day, you require more bandwidth than you did at the beginning. Make sure to factor for this by using the above equation with your most recent traffic numbers.\r\n\r\nWhen considering the differences in size of the VPS and Dedicated web server hosting packages from ITX Design, make sure you run the numbers first. You don’t want to suffer downtime because you chose a package with fewer resources than you need. Always round up and choose a package capable of supporting your expected growth.\r\n<h3>Bigger is Better, at least with Hosting</h3>\r\nAs long as you choose a top hosting company, such as ITX Design, bigger is always better. Going back to the example of a family living in a house, many families have an extra room called a guest room. This is used to accommodate family and friends when they visit. Of course, it can also be used if a new addition to the family becomes a reality.\r\n\r\nHosting works the same way. When you choose between VPS and dedicated hosting, you want more resources than you need. This will allow for growth without the added expense. It also allows you to expand into new areas, such as a new website or a blog, if that\'s part of your plan.\r\n<h3>Making the Final Decision Between VPS and Dedicated Hosting</h3>\r\nThe right decision for your website(s) can be determined by the number and your own business plan. The good news, if you start with the smallest VPS package, you can upgrade as needed. This allows you to grow your business and your hosting together.\r\n\r\nAfter looking over your business plan and your current needs, if you have any questions about the right size VPS or dedicated hosting company for your needs; you can contact the support team at ITX Design for help.','VPS vs Dedicated Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','4764-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 15:56:05','2014-01-24 20:56:05','',4764,'http://itxdesign.com/4764-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(4775,3,'2014-01-24 15:56:17','2014-01-24 20:56:17','<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4765\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"VPS Hosting vs Shared Hosting\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/vps-vs-shared.png\" width=\"940\" height=\"409\" />\r\n<h3>VPS vs. Dedicated Hosting, Which Should you Choose?</h3>\r\nMaking the right decision when it comes to your website hosting is like choosing the right house for your family. The website(s) are like the people living in the house and the hosting is the house. If you choose a three-bedroom home for a family of eight, it won’t provide enough room for everybody to live comfortably. The same is true with hosting.\r\n\r\nIf you choose VPS hosting for a website in need of dedicated web server hosting, you will run into all types of issues. VPS hosting is a great way to bridge the cost gap between shared and dedicated hosting, but it’s not the perfect solution for every project.\r\n<h3>Understanding VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nVPS stands for virtual private server and this type of hosting is the first upgrade from the cheaper shared hosting. VPS hosting provides a partition of a server for your website(s). You don\'t have to share your assigned resources with any other hosting account like you do with shared hosting.\r\n\r\nThe main reason for choosing VPS hosting is because your website has grown to a higher traffic volume than shared hosting can handle. This is the first step in your journey towards a dedicated server for your website hosting.\r\n<h3>Some of the Downfalls of VPS Hosting</h3>\r\nSometimes when you cannot afford dedicated server hosting and you choose VPS hosting instead, you don’t get enough resources. You might fly through your bandwidth in a matter of days and the package may end up costing more than a good dedicated web server would. This happens with sites receiving a large amount of traffic.\r\n\r\nIt’s always a good idea to assess the needs of your site before you upgrade from shared hosting to VPS or from one VPS package to another. Some hosting companies will allow you to purchase additional resources if you run out half way through the month, but this will just become more expensive. It’s always a better idea to upgrade to the next level of VPS hosting before purchasing additional resources.\r\n\r\n<h3 style=\"text-align: center;\">How to Assess Your Bandwidth Needs</h3>\r\n<img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-4766\" style=\"border: 0; padding: 0;\" alt=\"bandwidth requirements\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-requirements.jpg\" width=\"916\" height=\"306\" /><img class=\"alignright  wp-image-4767\" style=\"border: 0px none; padding: 0px;\" alt=\"bandwidth available\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/bandwidth-available.png\" width=\"498\" height=\"413\" />After looking at the VPS and Dedicated hosting packages from ITX Design, you will quickly realize each plan provides a little more bandwidth and disk space than the level below. Here’s how they breakdown.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>VPS Lite – 500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Basic – 1,500GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>VPS Premium – 2,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Webmaster – 5,000GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Professional – 10,000 GB bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Enterprise – 12,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n	<li>Dedicated Monster – 15,000GB of bandwidth</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIf you want to calculate your bandwidth needs, you must look at the average page size of your website, the average visitors per day and the average pages viewed per visitor. These three numbers plugged into a basic formula will show you the estimated bandwidth you require.\r\n\r\n<i>Formula – # of Visitors x # of Pages x Avg. Page Size x 31 (days in a month) = Bandwidth Needed</i>\r\n<h3 style=\"clear:both;\">Looking at a Couple Examples</h3>\r\nLet’s look at a couple traffic exchanges for this example. The first is a newer choice and considered a medium traffic site called cresthits.com. The second we will look at is the largest traffic exchange in the industry called, easyhits4u.com.\r\n\r\nBy using the Pingdom Load Time calculator we can find out the average page size of both sites. We can use Website Outlook to figure out the average daily page views, which we can divide by the average page views per visit from Alexa.com, to figure out the average daily visitors.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 770 daily page views / 1.80 views per visitor = 428 visitors per day</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 1,127,049 daily page views / 48.90 views per visitor = 23,048 visitors per day</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Page Size from Pingdom</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 906.4KB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 795.9KB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nNow, we can plug both into the formula from above to figure out which package fits with each site.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>CrestHits – 428 visitors x 1.80 page views x 906.4KB page size x 31 = 21,647,007KB or 21.7 GB</li>\r\n	<li>EasyHits4U – 23,048 visitors x 48.90 page views x 795.9KB x 31 = 27,807,522,860 KB or 27,807.5 GB</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nCrestHits can get by with the VPS Lite package, whereas EasyHits4U would need at least two of the Dedicated Monster web servers for hosting. This is a bit of an extreme example, but it shows you how to calculate your needs. Both of these sites grow every day, which is another variable you must factor into the equation.\r\n\r\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-4768\" alt=\"projected bandwidth requirements\" style=\"border:0; padding:0;\" src=\"https://itxdesign.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/projected-bandwidth-requirements.png\" width=\"462\" height=\"398\" /><h3>Factoring for Growth</h3>\r\nIf your website has received an average of 500 visitors a day over the past 6 months, but over the last month, you’re receiving an average of 1,500 visitors per day, you require more bandwidth than you did at the beginning. Make sure to factor for this by using the above equation with your most recent traffic numbers.\r\n\r\nWhen considering the differences in size of the VPS and Dedicated web server hosting packages from ITX Design, make sure you run the numbers first. You don’t want to suffer downtime because you chose a package with fewer resources than you need. Always round up and choose a package capable of supporting your expected growth.\r\n<h3>Bigger is Better, at least with Hosting</h3>\r\nAs long as you choose a top hosting company, such as ITX Design, bigger is always better. Going back to the example of a family living in a house, many families have an extra room called a guest room. This is used to accommodate family and friends when they visit. Of course, it can also be used if a new addition to the family becomes a reality.\r\n\r\nHosting works the same way. When you choose between VPS and dedicated hosting, you want more resources than you need. This will allow for growth without the added expense. It also allows you to expand into new areas, such as a new website or a blog, if that\'s part of your plan.\r\n<h3>Making the Final Decision Between VPS and Dedicated Hosting</h3>\r\nThe right decision for your website(s) can be determined by the number and your own business plan. The good news, if you start with the smallest VPS package, you can upgrade as needed. This allows you to grow your business and your hosting together.\r\n\r\nAfter looking over your business plan and your current needs, if you have any questions about the right size VPS or dedicated hosting company for your needs; you can contact the support team at ITX Design for help.','VPS vs Dedicated Hosting','','inherit','open','closed','','4764-revision-v1','','','2014-01-24 15:56:17','2014-01-24 20:56:17','',4764,'http://itxdesign.com/4764-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),